MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL INC
S-1, 1998-09-30
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS
Previous: INSURED MUNICIPALS INCOME TRUST 80TH INSURED MULTI SERIES, 24F-2NT, 1998-09-30
Next: RALLYS HAMBURGERS INC, SC 13D/A, 1998-09-30



<PAGE>

  As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 29, 1998
                                                     Registration No. __________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           WASHINGTON, D. C. 20549

                          -------------------------

                                  FORM S-1
                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    Under
                         THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                          -------------------------

                         MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                <C>                                                                   <C>
          DELAWARE                                                 3825                                        77-0226211
(State or other jurisdiction of         (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)            (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                                                                           Identification Number)
</TABLE>

                           4290 E. BRICKELL STREET
                           ONTARIO, CALIFORNIA 91761
                               (909) 456-4321
 (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                 registrant's principal executive offices)

           CARMINE T. OLIVA, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                        MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                         4290 E. BRICKELL STREET
                        ONTARIO, CALIFORNIA 91761
                              (909) 456-4321
  (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
                         code, of agent for service)

                                 COPIES TO:
                          THOMAS P. GALLAGHER, ESQ.
                           MARTIN J. CONROY, ESQ.
                         GALLAGHER, BRIODY & BUTLER
                       212 CARNEGIE CENTER, SUITE 402
                           PRINCETON, NEW JERSEY 08540
                               (609) 452-6000

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: AS SOON AS
PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.

IF ANY OF THE SECURITIES BEING REGISTERED ON THIS FORM ARE TO BE OFFERED ON A
DELAYED OR CONTINUOUS BASIS PURSUANT TO RULE 415 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, CHECK THE FOLLOWING BOX. [X]

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Proposed Maximum   Proposed Maximum      Amount of
  Title of each Class of Securities         Amount to be       Offering Price       Aggregate         Registration
           to be Registered                  Registered          Per Share        Offering Price           Fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>                <C>                <C>                  <C>
Common shares issuable upon conversion
 of Series A Convertible Preferred 
 Shares (1)                                4,460,967 shares       $1.25 (2)         $5,576,208.75        $1,644.98
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common shares issuable upon exercise 
  of warrants (3)                          1,250,000 shares       $1.25 (3)         $1,562,500.00        $  460.94
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Total                           5,710,967 shares                         $7,138,708.75        $2,105.92
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes the indeterminate number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion
     of 200 outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Shares at the conversion
     price per Series A Preferred Share equal to $10,000 divided by the lesser
     of (x) $1.25 and (y) one hundred percent (100%) of the arithmetic average
     of the three lowest closing bid prices over the forty (40) trading days
     prior to the exercise date of any such conversion. The number of Common
     Shares issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Shares are based on an
     assumed conversion price of $.448333 but this Prospectus covers the
     indeterminate number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the
     Preferred Shares based on the conversion price in effect at the time of
     conversion.

(2)  The maximum offering price per share is based upon the estimated conversion
     price of $1.25 which is higher than the average of the reported bid and
     asked price of the Company's Common Shares on September 16, 1998 of $.547
     (in accordance with Rule 457 (g)).

(3)  Represents 1,250,000 Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of
     outstanding warrants to purchase Common Shares at an exercise price of
     $1.25. The maximum offering price per share is based upon the $1.25
     exercise price of the warrants since it is higher than the average of the
     reported bid and asked price of the Company's Common Shares on September
     25, 1998 of $.531 (in accordance with Rule 457 (g)).

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.

<PAGE>

                        MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                           CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
            PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(b) OF REGULATION S-K SHOWING THE
                LOCATION IN THE PROSPECTUS OF THE INFORMATION
                      REQUIRED BY THE ITEMS OF FORM S-1

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ITEM                                                     PROSPECTUS CAPTION OR
NUMBER                 CAPTION                           LOCATION
- ------                 -------                           --------
<S>     <C>                                              <C>
1.      Forepart of the Registration Statement and        
          Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus          Outside Front Cover Page
                                                           
2.      Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages         
          of Prospectus                                   Inside Front Cover Page;
                                                          Outside Back Cover Page
                                                           
3.      Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio      
          of Earnings to Fixed Charges                    Prospectus Summary;
                                                          Risk Factors
                                                           
4.      Use of Proceeds                                   Use of Proceeds
                                                           
5.      Determination of Offering Price                   Outside Front Cover Page
                                                           
6.      Dilution                                          Not Applicable
                                                           
7.      Selling Security Holders                          Selling Security Holders
                                                           
8.      Plan of Distribution                              Plan of Distribution
                                                           
9.      Description of Securities to be Registered        Securities to be Registered
                                                           
10.     Interests of Named Experts and Counsel            Legal Matters and Experts
                                                           
11.     Information with Respect to the Registrant        Business; Description of
                                                          Property; Legal
                                                          Proceedings; Market
                                                          Information; Financial
                                                          Statements; Selected
                                                          Financial Data;
                                                          Management's Discussion and
                                                          Analysis of
                                                          Financial Condition and
                                                          Results of
                                                          Operations; Directors and
                                                          Executive Officers; Executive
                                                          Compensation; Security

<PAGE>

                                                          Ownership of Certain
                                                          Beneficial Owners
                                                          and Management; Certain
                                                          Relationships and
                                                          Related Transactions
12.     Disclosure of Commission Position on               
          Indemnification for Securities Act                 
          Liabilities                                     Not applicable

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                 Subject To Completion Dated September 29, 1998

PROSPECTUS

                     5,710,967 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF
                        MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

        This Prospectus is being used in connection with the sale, from time to
time, by certain stockholders (the "Selling Shareholders") of MicroTel
International, Inc. (the "Company") of the following shares of Common Stock,
$0.0033 par value per share ("Common Stock") of the Company: (i) an estimated
4,460,967 Common Shares issuable by the Company (the "Conversion Shares") upon
the conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Shares")
and (ii) 1,250,000 Common Shares issuable by the Company upon the exercise of
certain warrants (the "Warrant Shares") issued in connection with the sale of
the Preferred Shares (the Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares are collectively
referred to herein as the "Shares"). Because the conversion price of the
Preferred Shares at the time of conversion is related to the market price of the
Common Shares at the time of conversion and because there may be antidilution
adjustments to the exercise price of the Warrant Shares and the Preferred
Shares, the number of Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares which are subject to
this Prospectus is indeterminate and this Prospectus relates to the resale of
such entire indeterminate number of shares.

        The number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred 
Shares, and the consequent number of Shares available for resale under this 
Prospectus is based upon a conversion price per Preferred Share equal to 
$10,000 divided by the lesser of (x) $1.25 and (y) One Hundred Percent (100%) 
of the arithmetic average of the three lowest closing bid prices over the 
forty (40) trading days prior to the exercise date of any such conversion.

        The Shares may be offered from time to time by the Selling Shareholders
identified herein. See "Selling Security Holders." Except for the cash proceeds,
if any, that the Company will receive upon issuance of the Warrant Shares, the
Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the Shares. All
expenses of the offering, other than commissions or discounts of broker-dealers,
will be borne by the Company. See "Plan of Distribution" herein for a
description of the manner in which the securities covered by this Prospectus may
be sold.

        The Common Shares are quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market under the
stock symbol "MCTL." On September 16, 1998, the closing bid price for the Common
Shares was $.531 per share and the closing asked price was $.563 per share.

                            --------------------

                 THESE SECURITIES INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
                      SEE "RISK FACTORS" AT PAGES 6 TO 12.

                              -----------------

    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
        AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR
            HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE
       SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
     PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

               The date of this Prospectus is September 29, 1998

INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY 
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT 
BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR 
THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE 
SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE 
UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF 
SUCH STATE.

<PAGE>

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

        The Company is subject to the information reporting requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in
accordance therewith files reports, proxy and information statements and other
information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). Such
reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be inspected
and copied at the public reference facilities of the Commission at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, or at its regional offices located at
Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661
and 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such
material can be obtained from the Commission by mail at prescribed rates.
Requests should be directed to the Commission's Public Reference Section, Room
1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. The
Commission maintains a Web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains certain of
the Company's reports which were filed after the Company became an electronic
filer.

        The Company's Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and
material filed by the Company can be inspected at the offices of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. 1735 K Street N.W., Washington, D.C.
20006.

        The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on
Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act")
with respect to the Securities being offered by this Prospectus (including all
exhibits and amendments hereto, the "Registration Statement"). This Prospectus
does not contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement and
the exhibits and schedules thereto, to which reference is hereby made.
Statements made in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement
or other document referred to summarize the material provisions of such
documents, but are not necessarily complete; with respect to each such contract,
agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement,
reference is made to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matter
involved. Copies of the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto may be
inspected, without charge, at the offices of the Commission, at the addresses
set forth above.

        THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS CERTAIN FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. STATEMENTS
CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS THAT ARE NOT HISTORICAL FACTS ARE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS
TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE STATED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY INCLUDE, AMONG
OTHERS: GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS, CHANGES IN LAWS AND GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS,
FLUCTUATIONS IN DEMAND FOR THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS, THE COMPANY'S ABILITY TO
CONSUMMATE STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS AND THE COMPANY'S ABILITY TO SUCESSFULLY
FINANCE ANY SUCH ACQUISITIONS, AS WELL AS ITS CURRENT ONGOING OPERATIONS. WHEN
USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE WORDS "BELIEVES," "INTENDS," "ANTICIPATES" AND
SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. ALL
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN THIS PROSPECTUS ARE BASED ON INFORMATION
AVAILABLE TO THE COMPANY ON THE DATE HEREOF. SUCH STATEMENTS ARE SUBJECT TO
CERTAIN RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES THAT COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER
MATERIALLY FROM THOSE PROJECTED OR IMPLIED BY SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
Prospective purchasers of the Shares should carefully read the entire Prospectus
and should consider, among other things, the matters set forth in "Risk
Factors."

        As used in this Prospectus, the term "Company" refers to MicroTel
International, Inc. and, unless the context otherwise requires, its direct and
indirect subsidiaries. As used in this Prospectus, "CXR" shall refer to the
Company as it existed prior to the merger with XIT Corporation ("XIT"). Because
XIT is treated as the acquirer in the merger transaction for financial
accounting purposes, the historical financial information of the Company
presented herein is that of XIT.


                                   THE COMPANY

        The Company, through its various direct and indirect operating 
subsidiaries, designs, manufactures and distributes a wide range of 
electronics hardware products and provides related services.

        Prior to March 26, 1997, the Company designed, manufactured and 
marketed electronic telecommunication test equipment and data communication 
equipment (modems) primarily to the major long distance companies, the 
regional Bell operating companies ("RBOCs"), international telephone 
companies and private communications networks. On March 26, 1997, the Company 
was acquired by XIT, a New Jersey corporation, in a reverse acquisition 
pursuant to which XIT became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and the 
holders of XIT common stock became the owners of approximately 65% of the 
Company's common stock (the "Merger"). XIT designs, manufactures and markets 
information technology products, including displays and input components, 
subsystem assemblies, printed circuits, and hybrid microelectronic circuits 
for the international telecommunications, medical, industrial, and 
military/aerospace markets. Following the Merger, the Company has been 
organized along three product line sectors - Instrumentation and Test 
Equipment, Circuits, and Components and Subsystem Assemblies.

        In June 1998 the Company sold 50 shares of Series A convertible 
preferred stock (the "Preferred Shares") at $10,000 per share to one 
institutional investor. On July 8, 1998, the Company sold an additional 150 
Preferred Shares at the same per share price to two other institutional 
investors. Included with the sale of such Preferred Shares were a total of 
one million warrants to purchase the Company's common stock exercisable at 
$1.25 per share and expiring May 22, 2001. In addition, Pacific Continental 
Securities Corporation, as agent in the transaction, received an additional 
250,000 warrants to purchase the Company's Common Stock at $1.25 per share. 
The Company received net proceeds of approximately $1,847,000 after deduction 
of commissions and transaction-related expenses and utilized such proceeds 
for working capital. The Preferred Shares are convertible into the common 
stock of the Company at the option of the holder thereof at any time after 
the ninetieth (90th) day of issuance thereof at the conversion price per 
share equal to $10,000 divided by the lesser of (x) $1.25 and (y) One Hundred 
Percent (100%) of the arithmetic average of the three lowest closing bid 
prices over the forty (40) trading days prior to the exercise date of any 
such conversion. No more than 20% of the aggregate number of Preferred Shares 
originally purchased and owned by any single entity may be converted in any 
thirty (30) day period after the ninetieth (90th) day of issuance. In the 
event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the 
holders of shares of Preferred Shares are entitled to receive, prior and in 
preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the 
holders of the Company's common stock by reason of their ownership, an amount 
per share equal to $10,000 for each outstanding Preferred Share. Any 
unconverted Preferred Shares may be redeemed at the option of the Company for 
cash at a per share price equal to $11,500 per Preferred Share and any 
Preferred 

                                       -4-

<PAGE>

Shares which remain outstanding as of May 22, 2003 are subject to mandatory 
redemption by the Company at the same per-share redemption price.

        The Company's principal executive offices are located at 4290 E.
Brickell Street, Ontario, California 91761, and its telephone number is (909)
456-4321.

THE OFFERING

<TABLE>

<S>                                 <C>
Securities Offered                  An estimated 5,710,967 Common Shares,
                                    comprised of (i) an estimated 4,460,967
                                    Common Shares issuable upon the conversion
                                    of the Preferred Shares (the "Conversion
                                    Shares") (1) and (ii) 1,250,000 Common
                                    Shares issuable upon the exercise of
                                    certain warrants issued in connection with
                                    the sale of the Preferred Shares (the
                                    "Warrants").

Estimated Proceeds                  $1,562,500 gross proceeds to the
                                    Company if all of the Warrants are
                                    exercised. The Company will receive none of
                                    the proceeds from the sale of the Conversion
                                    Shares by the Selling Shareholders.

Use of Proceeds                     The Company will use the proceeds from
                                    the exercise of the Warrants for 
                                    working capital, business development
                                    and general corporate purposes.

NASDAQ Symbol                       MCTL

</TABLE>

- --------------------
(1)  The number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred
     Shares, and the consequent number of Shares available for resale under this
     Prospectus, is based upon a conversion price per Preferred Share equal to
     $10,000 divided by the lesser of (x) $1.25 and (y) One Hundred Percent
     (100%) of the arithmetic average of the three lowest closing bid prices
     over the forty (40) trading days prior to the exercise date of any such
     conversion. Common Shares issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred
     Shares are based on an assumed conversion price of $.448333 but this
     Prospectus covers the indeterminate number of Common Shares issuable upon
     conversion of the Preferred Shares based on the conversion price in effect
     at the time of conversion.

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus,
prospective investors should consider carefully the factors set forth below
prior to purchasing any of the Shares offered hereby.

        WHEN USED ANYWHERE IN THE DISCUSSION OF RISK FACTORS BELOW, THE WORDS
"MAY," "WILL," "EXPECT," "ANTICIPATE," "CONTINUE," "ESTIMATE," "PROJECT,"
"INTEND," "SHOULD," "BELIEVE" AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 27A OF THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933 AND SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 REGARDING
EVENTS, CONDITIONS AND FINANCIAL TRENDS THAT MAY AFFECT THE COMPANY'S FUTURE
PLANS OF OPERATIONS, BUSINESS STRATEGY, OPERATING COSTS AND FINANCIAL POSITION.
SPECIFICALLY, FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE INCLUDED IN CONTINUING LOSSES;
WRITE-DOWNS; LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS; NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING;
DEPENDENCE ON TELEPHONE INDUSTRY; RESTRUCTURING OF THE INDUSTRY; DEPENDENCE ON
PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED THAT ANY
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE NOT GUARANTEES OF FUTURE PERFORMANCE AND ARE
SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES AND THAT ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER MATERIALLY
FROM THOSE INCLUDED WITHIN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF VARIOUS
FACTORS.

        COMPETITION; TECHNOLOGICAL OBSOLESCENCE. Competition in the electronics
hardware industry is intense with a large number of companies developing
technology and products similar to the Company's products and technology. The
industry consists of development stage companies and major domestic and
international companies, many of which have financial, technical, marketing,
sales, manufacturing, distribution and other resources significantly greater
than those of the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in competing with such entities. Furthermore, there can be no
assurance that competitors will not succeed in developing products or
technologies that would render the Company's products and technologies obsolete
or in obtaining market acceptance of products more rapidly than the Company. See
"Business-Competition."

        DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL. The Company's future success will to a
large degree be dependent upon the skills of its existing management and other
key personnel. The failure to attract and maintain key personnel could have a
material adverse effect on the Company. The Company maintains key man life
insurance on Carmine T. Oliva, President and Chief Executive Officer, as
follows: a) a $1.5 million policy naming MicroTel International, Inc. as
beneficiary, and b) a $2.0 million policy naming, as 50% beneficiaries, each of
his wife and XIT Corporation. There can be no assurance that the Company will
maintain these policies in effect or that the coverage will be sufficient to
compensate the Company for the loss of the services of Mr. Oliva.

        CONTINUING LOSSES; WRITE-DOWNS. For the fiscal years ended September 30,
1996 and 1995, the Company reported net income of approximately $1,083,000 and
$337,000, respectively. However, for the three months ended December 31, 1996,
the year ended December 31, 1997 and the six months ended June 30, 1998, the
Company incurred net losses of $(905,000), $(9,693,000) and $(1,165,000),
respectively. The decline in results of operations for the three months ended
December 31, 1996 versus the three months ended December 31, 1995 was
principally caused by the deterioration of the Company's Circuits Sector
business as demand from a major customer declined, and a decrease in sales in
the Components and Subsystem Assembly Sector due to the loss in July 1996 of a
major account for display monitors and the delay in the placement of orders from
a significant customer. The decline in results of operations for the year ended

                                       -6-

<PAGE>

December 31, 1997 resulted from (i) a write-down of goodwill of $5,693,000; 
(ii) a decrease in sales in the Circuits Sector related continued reduced 
demand from the sector's principal customer; and (iii) a decline in sales in 
the Components and Subsystem Assemblies Sector resulting from the loss of the 
major account noted above, a significant digital switch program in place in 
the first half of 1996 which did not repeat in 1997 and a general decline in 
sector product sales due to the aging of related customer programs. The net 
loss from operations for the six months ended June 30, 1998 resulted from: 
(i) continued losses in the Company's Circuits Sector principally resulting 
from the continued decline in customer demand noted above and constrained 
working capital and (ii) lower sales in the Company's Instrumentation and 
Test Equipment Sector, which traditionally experiences lower than average 
sales in the first calendar quarter due to traditional reduced spending 
levels for capital equipment during that quarter.

        In the fourth quarter of 1996 and in the first quarter of 1997 prior to
the Merger, CXR reduced the carrying value of certain inventory and capitalized
software by $1,006,000 and $209,000, respectively. These write-downs resulted
from its reassessments of the anticipated continuing near-term impact of the
industry and economic factors on asset realizability. In the third quarter of
1997, the Company wrote-down the carrying value of goodwill associated with the
Merger and other prior acquisitions as a result of the Company's reassessment of
the anticipated impact of current industry and economic factors on the Company's
operations. The Company believes based on its current assessment that such
write-downs are adequate.

        The Company anticipates that it will become profitable by the fourth
quarter of 1998 as demand for CXR's new domestic products increase, and as the
Components and Subsystem Assemblies Sector maintains its present, higher sales
volume resulting from continued demand for existing, higher-margin products and
also benefits from expense reduction measures taken in the first half of 1998.
However, there can be no assurance that (i) these events will occur, (ii)
further write-downs of operating assets, as well as write-downs of the goodwill
originating in the Merger will not be necessary should actual business
conditions deteriorate or, (iii) the Company will return to profitability in
1998 or thereafter.

        LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS; NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING  Cash
of $2,260,000 was used in operating activities during the six months ended June
30, 1998, the principal cause of which was the losses incurred by the Company's
Circuits Sector and Instrumentation and Test Equipment Sector as discussed above
under "Continuing Losses; Write-downs." In particular, the Company's XCEL Arnold
Circuits subsidiary ("XACI"), continued to incur substantial operating losses
through March 31, 1998, creating a severe lack of working capital which
adversely impacted the operations of the Company.

        While the Company sold XACI effective as of March 31, 1998, thereby
eliminating the continued loss from operations associated with that business,
cash flows from operations during the following twelve months will need to be
further supplemented to support the Company's working capital needs as well as
for planned business development and acquisition activities. In furtherance of
this objective, on July 8, 1998, the Company finalized a $10.5 million credit
facility with a commercial finance company which provides a term loan of
approximately $1.5 million, a revolving line of credit of up to $8 million based
upon available assets (of which the Company utilized approximately $2.5 million)
and a capital equipment acquisition credit line of up to $1 million, none of
which has been utilized. This credit facility replaced the existing credit
facilities of the Company's domestic operating companies and provides expanded
borrowing capability based upon available assets. On July 8, 1998, the Company
completed the sale to three institutional investors of 200 Preferred Shares at
$10,000 per share and one million warrants to purchase the Company's common
stock exercisable at $1.25 per share, expiring May 22, 2001. The Company
received net proceeds of approximately $1,847,000 after deduction of commissions
and transaction-related expenses and utilized such proceeds for working capital.
See "Adverse Effects of Issuance of Preferred Stock."

                                       -7-

<PAGE>

        The specific needs for and timing of any subsequent financing 
arrangements will depend upon results of operations, acquisition 
opportunities, and other unforeseen factors which cannot presently be 
predicted. There can be no assurance that such financing will be available, 
or that it will be available on terms and conditions acceptable to the 
Company. If available, any additional equity financings may be dilutive to 
the Company's stockholders and any debt financing may contain restrictive 
covenants and additional debt service requirements which could adversely 
affect the Company's operating results. See also, "Exercise of Outstanding 
Options and Warrants; Additional Dilution; Shares Available for Sale."

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements contained 
elsewhere in this Prospectus have been prepared assuming the Company will 
continue as a going concern. During the six months ended June 30, 1998, the 
year ended December 31, 1997 and the three months ended December 31, 1996, 
the Company experienced significant operating losses and had negative cash 
flow from operations. As noted above, for the first six months of 1998, the 
Company was in default of the XIT Debt agreement although this default was 
eliminated as a result of the termination of the XIT Debt on July 8, 1998 as 
noted above. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's 
ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements 
contained elsewhere in this Prospectus do not include any adjustments that 
might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. While the Company's 
management believes it has adequate working capital to sustain current 
operations, it lacks sufficient working capital to support additional growth. 
Although management has been successful in obtaining working capital to fund 
operations to date, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able 
to generate additional capital in the future or generate sufficient cash flow 
to fund current and future operations.

        CYCLICAL NATURE OF ELECTRONICS INDUSTRY. The segments of the electronics
industry in which the Company operates have, in many instances, historically
been cyclical and subject to significant economic changes and downturns. Such
changes, including in recent years the contraction of military, commercial and
governmental aerospace spending, have in certain instances been characterized by
diminished product demand, accelerated erosion of average selling prices, and
overcapacity. In addition, the electronics industry is subject to rapid
technological change and product obsolescence. As a result, the Company may
experience substantial period-to-period fluctuations in future operating results
due to general electronic industry conditions, overall economic conditions or
other factors.

        DEPENDENCE ON TELEPHONE INDUSTRY; RESTRUCTURING OF THE INDUSTRY. The
Company's CXR subsidiaries are largely dependent upon sales to their principal
customers in the telephone industry. CXR Telcom's customers include AT&T,
Sprint, MCI, and the RBOCs. As a result of the consolidation and/or
restructuring of these companies in the wake of the passage of the 1996
Telecommunications Bill, certain anticipated sales to these companies were
canceled or delayed. Moreover, sales of CXR S.A. have been negatively impacted
by the pre-privatization reorganization of France Telecom, its major customer,
as well as a generally weak French economy. Although the Company believes that
demand for CXR's products will increase in 1998 now that a significant portion
of the consolidation and restructuring is completed, there can be no assurance
that the Company will experience this increased demand.

        VARIABILITY OF CUSTOMER REQUIREMENTS; NATURE AND EXTENT OF CUSTOMER
COMMITMENTS ON ORDERS. The level and timing of orders placed by the Company's
customers vary due to customer attempts to manage inventory, changes in the
customers' manufacturing strategies and variation in demand for customer
products due to, among other things, technological change, introduction of new
product life cycles, competitive conditions or general economic conditions. The
Company generally does not obtain long-term purchase orders or commitments. A
certain portion of the Company's backlog may be subject to cancellation or
postponement without a significant penalty or without any penalty.

        ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE. The Company is subject to a variety of
environmental regulations relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal
of hazardous chemicals used during its manufacturing process. A failure by the
Company to comply with present and future regulations could subject it to future

                                       -8-

<PAGE>

liabilities or the suspension of production. Such regulations could also
restrict the Company's ability to expand its facilities or could require the
Company to acquire costly equipment or to incur other significant expenses to
comply with environmental regulations. The Company may also from time to time be
subject to lawsuits with respect to environmental matters. The extent of the
Company's liability under any such suit is indeterminable and may, in certain
circumstances, have a material adverse affect on the Company.

        POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF MARKET PRICE OF COMMON STOCK. The trading price
of the Common Stock is subject to significant fluctuations in response to
variations in quarterly operating results, general conditions in the electronics
industry and other factors. The market price of the Company's common stock has
been and may continue to be, highly volatile. In addition, the stock market is
subject to price and volume fluctuations which affect the market price for many
high technology companies in particular, and which can be unrelated to operating
performance.

        INCREASED PUBLIC FLOAT. Upon the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part and the conversion of the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock, the number of freely tradable shares of the
Company's Common Stock held by non-affiliates will substantially increase. If a
significant number of these freely tradable shares are sold in the open market
in the near term, the price of the Company's Common Stock may be negatively
impacted.

        ACQUISITIONS. The Company may from time to time pursue the acquisition
of other companies, assets or product lines that complement or expand its
existing business. Acquisitions involve a number of risks that could adversely
affect the Company's operating results, including the diversion of management's
attention, the assimilation of the operations and personnel of the acquired
companies, the amortization of acquired intangible assets and the potential loss
of key employees. No assurance can be given that any acquisition by the Company
will not materially and adversely affect the Company or that any such
acquisition will enhance the Company's business.

        DEPENDENCE ON PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY. The Company's future success will
be highly dependent on proprietary technology, particularly in the areas of
instrumentation and test equipment, multi-layer high density circuit boards and
microelectronic circuits. The Company presently holds a limited numbers of
patents but more generally relies upon copyright, trademark and trade secret
laws to establish its proprietary rights in its products. There can be no
assurance that the Company's reliance on these laws will be adequate to protect
its proprietary rights or that its competitors will not independently develop
technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to its technology. In
the future, the Company may file additional patent applications covering its
products or subsystems. There can be no assurance that any patents will issue
from any such applications or, if patents do issue, that any claims allowed will
be sufficiently broad to protect the Company's technology. In addition, there
can be no assurance that any patents that may be issued to the Company will not
be challenged, consolidated or circumvented, or that any rights granted
thereunder would provide proprietary protection to the Company. Although the
Company will continue to implement protective measures and intends to defend its
proprietary rights, policing unauthorized use of its technology, systems and
products will be difficult and there can be no assurance that these measures
will be successful. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries in which
the Company is active may not protect the Company's proprietary rights to the
same extent as do the laws of the United States.

        ADVERSE EFFECTS OF ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK. The Company's
Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of 10,000,000 shares of
"blank check" Preferred Stock, with designations, rights and preferences that
may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, without further
stockholder approval, with dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other
rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the
holders of the Common Stock. In addition, such provisions could limit the price

                                       -9-

<PAGE>

that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of the
Company's Common Stock and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a
change in control of the Company. The issuance of Preferred Stock also could
decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to the
holders of Common Stock.

        CONVERSION OF OUTSTANDING CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES; EXERCISE OF
OUTSTANDING OPTIONS AND WARRANTS; ADDITIONAL DILUTION; SHARES AVAILABLE FOR
SALE. At September 16, 1998, the Company had outstanding 200 shares of Preferred
Shares convertible into an estimated 4,460,967 Common Shares at an assumed
conversion price of $.448333. Also, at September 16, 1998, there were
outstanding exercisable stock options to purchase an aggregate of 1,992,092
shares of Common Stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.11 to $5.00 per share
and outstanding and exercisable warrants to purchase 3,489,879 shares of Common
Stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.21 to $3.79 per share. To the extent
that the outstanding Preferred Shares are converted or the stock options and
warrants are exercised, substantial additional dilution to the interests of the
Company's stockholders will occur. See "Securities to be Registered."

        VARIABILITY OF NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF
PREFERRED SHARES. The number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the
Preferred Shares will depend upon the market price of the Common Share at the
time of conversion. If the price of the Common Shares is less than the assumed
conversion price referenced herein, the Company will be required to issue
substantially more than the 4,460,967 shares assumed hereunder to be issuable
upon conversion of the Preferred Shares

        All Common Shares issuable by the Company upon conversion of the
Preferred Shares are registered hereunder and included in this Prospectus.
Consequently, all of such Shares will be eligible for sale in the marketplace
without restriction, except to the extent that any of the Selling Shareholders
are deemed to be "affiliates" of the Company at the time of sale. No assurance
can be given that the trading price of the Company's Common Shares will not fall
significantly below the assumed conversion price referenced herein, or that
purchasers in this offering will not suffer significant additional dilution as a
result of any such decline in the price of the Common Shares.

                                       -10-

<PAGE>

        LACK OF DIVIDENDS. The Company has never paid a cash dividend on any
class of its capital stock and does not anticipate paying any dividends in the
foreseeable future. It is anticipated that future earnings, if any, will be
retained to finance the development and expansion of the Company's business.

        RISKS OF TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE. The markets for the Company's products
and services are generally characterized by rapidly changing technology,
evolving industry standards, emerging competition and frequent new product and
service introductions. There can be no assurance that the Company can
successfully identify new product opportunities and develop and bring new
products and services to market in a timely manner. The Company's pursuit of
necessary technological advances will require substantial time and expense, and
there can be no assurance that the Company will succeed in adapting its
businesses to changing technology standards and customer requirements. The
introduction of new products and services could render the Company's existing
products and services obsolete and unmarketable. There can be no assurance that
the announcement or introduction of new products or services by the Company or
its competitors or any change in industry standards will not cause a decline in
existing sales levels of existing products or services, which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.

        NASDAQ MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS; POSSIBLE DELISTING OF SECURITIES FROM
THE NASDAQ STOCK MARKET; RISKS OF LOW-PRICED STOCKS. The Company's Common Stock
is currently quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market ("NASDAQ"). For continued
listing, a company, among other things, must have $2,000,000 in net tangible
assets or a $35,000,000 market capitalization or net income of $500,000 in the
latest fiscal year or two of the last three fiscal years, public float of
500,000 shares with a market value of at least $1,000,000 and a minimum bid
price of $1.00 per share. If the Company is unable to satisfy NASDAQ's
maintenance criteria in the future, its securities may be delisted from NASDAQ.
In such event, trading in the Company's securities would thereafter be conducted
in the over-the-counter market in the "pink sheets" or on the NASD's "Electronic
Bulletin Board." As a consequence of such delisting, an investor would likely
find it more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain quotations as to, the price
of the Company's securities. As of September 16, 1998, the closing bid price of
the Company's common stock was $.531 per share and the closing bid price had
remained below $1.00 since July 9, 1998. The Company has been notified by NASDAQ
that its closing bid price must be $1.00 or more for any ten consecutive trading
days prior to November 13, 1998 to avoid the Company's common stock being
subject to delisting as of the close of business on such date.

        The Securities Enforcement and Penny Stock Reform Act of 1990 requires
additional disclosure relating to the market for penny stocks in connection with
trades in any stock defined as a penny stock. The Commission's regulations
generally define a penny stock to be an equity security that has a market price
of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. Such exceptions
include any equity security listed on the NASDAQ or a national securities
exchange and any equity security issued by an issuer that has (i) net tangible
assets of at least $2,000,000, if such issuer has been in continuous operation
for three years, (ii) net tangible assets of at least $5,000,000, if such issuer
has been in continuous operation for less than three years, or (iii) average
annual revenue of at least $6,000,000, if such issuer has been in continuous
operation for less than three years. Unless an exception is available, the
regulations require the delivery, prior to any transaction involving a penny
stock, of a disclosure schedule explaining the penny stock market and the risks
associated therewith.

        In addition, if the Company's securities are not quoted on the NASDAQ,
or the Company does not meet the other exceptions to the penny stock regulations
cited above, trading in the Company's securities would be covered by Rule 15g-9
promulgated under the Exchange Act for non-NASDAQ and non-exchange listed
securities. Under such rule, broker/dealers who recommend such securities to
persons other than established customers and accredited investors must make a
special written suitability determination for the 

                                       -11-

<PAGE>

purchaser and receive the purchaser's written agreement to a transaction 
prior to sale. Securities, in general, also are exempt from this rule if the 
market price is at least $5.00 per share.

        If the Company's securities become subject to the regulations applicable
to penny stocks, the market liquidity for the Company's securities could be
adversely affected. In such an event, the regulations on penny stocks could
limit the ability of broker/dealers to sell the Company's securities and thus
the ability of purchasers of the Company's securities to sell their securities
in the secondary market.

        EFFECT OF ISSUANCE OF SHARES ON NET OPERATING LOSS CARRYFORWARDS. The 
Company and CXR have substantial net operating loss carryforwards for Federal 
and state tax purposes. For a summary of the NOL's and expiration dates, see 
notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company included 
elsewhere herein. However, because of the ownership changes to both entities 
for tax purposes resulting from the Merger, the use of these NOL 
carryforwards to offset future taxable income will be limited. This 
limitation of the use of the Company's NOL carryforwards may have a material 
adverse effect on the Company's net income and cash flow, should the Company 
have taxable income in future years.

        YEAR 2000 ISSUE. The "Year 2000" issue relates to the fact that many
existing computer programs use only the last two digits to refer to a year.
Accordingly, these computer programs do not properly recognize a year that
begins with "20" instead of "19." If not corrected, many computer applications
could fail or create erroneous results. The extent of the potential impact of
the Year 2000 issue is not yet known, and if not timely corrected, could affect
many aspects of the global economy. It is possible that the expense of
determining that the consequences of the Year 2000 issue would have a material
effect on the Company's business, results of operations, or financial condition,
without taking into account the Company's efforts to avoid those consequences.
The Company continues to assess the impact, if any, of the Year 2000 issue on
its computer applications and operating systems, products and interactions with
third parties in order to determine the Company's state of readiness; costs to
address the Company's Year 2000 issues; risks of the Company's Year 2000 issues;
and any necessary contingency plans.

        At its domestic facilities, the Company is currently installing
accounting and operations management computer applications which are Year 2000
compliant and which operate on computer operating systems which are also Year
2000 compliant. The Company estimates that the completion of its conversion to
such computer systems will occur during 1999. The Company did not initiate such
changes in application and operating software systems in order to accommodate
the Year 2000 issue but rather to upgrade and enhance its management information
systems capability. As a part of its selection criteria, the Company considered
the impact of the Year 2000 issue. Additionally, the Company is developing and
implementing policies and processes to assess the impact of the Year 2000 issue
on it customers, suppliers and other third parties which interact with or
influence the Company's business operations and in an attempt to determine the
state of readiness of such third parties and subsequently formulate any
contingency plans which may be necessary should such third parties encounter a
Year 2000 issue which would have an adverse impact on the Company's business
operations. While the Company currently believes that the impact of the change
to the Year 2000 will not have a material effect on the Company's operations or
financial condition, its assessment of this issue is not yet complete and
therefore uncertainty exists as to whether material Year 2000 issues exist.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

        Because the Shares offered hereby are being sold by the Selling
Shareholders, the Company will not receive any of the proceeds from any sale of
the Shares by the Selling Shareholders. The Company will receive the proceeds
from the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of the warrants
relating to such 

                                       -12-

<PAGE>

shares by the holders thereof. In the event that all of the warrants are 
exercised, the proceeds to be received by the Company upon such exercise will 
be $1,562,500 exclusive of the expenses of this Offering. The Company will 
use these proceeds, if any, for working capital, business development and 
general corporate purposes.


                            SELLING SECURITY HOLDERS

        The following table sets forth as of September 16, 1998, the following
information regarding each Selling Shareholder who is offering Shares pursuant
to this Prospectus: the name of each Selling Shareholder; any position, office,
or other material relationship which the Selling Shareholder has had within the
past three years with the Company or any of its predecessors or affiliates; the
number of shares of Common Stock owned by each Selling Shareholder before the
offering pursuant to this Prospectus, the number of shares to be offered for
each Selling Shareholder's account, and the amount and percentage of the Common
Stock to be owned by each Selling Shareholder (assuming the sale of all shares
registered hereby) after the offering pursuant to this Prospectus is complete.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       SHARES TO
                                                                                        BE OWNED
                                                                                          UPON
                                                                    TOTAL NUMBER      COMPLETION OF
                                                                    OF SHARES TO        OFFERING
                                                                     BE OFFERED
                                                 SHARES OWNED        FOR SELLING              PERCENTAGE
       NAME OF SELLING                             PRIOR TO         SHAREHOLDER'S                 OF
         SHAREHOLDER                            OFFERING(1) (2)    ACCOUNT (1) (2)   NUMBER     CLASS
         -----------                           ---------------     ---------------   ------     -----
<S>                                            <C>                 <C>               <C>      <C>
Fortune Fund Limited Seeker III                1,365,242 (3)         1,365,242          0          0
Rana General Holding, Ltd.                     1,365,242 (4)         1,365,242          0          0
Resonace Ltd.                                  2,730,483 (5)         2,730,483          0          0
Pacific Continental Securities Corporation       250,000 (6)           250,000          0          0

</TABLE>

(1)  Includes the following number of Common Shares of the Company: (i)
     4,460,967 Common Shares issuable upon conversion of 200 Preferred Shares;
     and, (ii) 1,250,000 Common Shares underlying Warrants of the Company.
     Because the conversion price of the Preferred Shares at the time of
     conversion is related to the market price of the Common Shares at the time
     of issuance and because there may be antidilution adjustments to the
     conversion price of the Preferred Shares or the exercise price of the
     Warrants, the number of Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares which are
     subject to this Prospectus is indeterminate and this Prospectus relates to
     the resale of such entire indeterminate number of shares.

     The number of Common Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred
     Shares, and the consequent number of Shares available for resale under this
     Prospectus, is based upon a conversion price per Preferred Share equal to
     $10,000 divided by the lesser of (x) $1.25 and (y) One Hundred Percent
     (100%) of the arithmetic average of the three lowest closing bid prices
     over the forty (40) trading days prior to the exercise date of any such
     conversion. Common Shares issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred
     Shares in this Prospectus are based on an assumed conversion price of
     $.448333 but this Prospectus covers the indeterminate number of Common
     Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares based on the
     conversion price in effect at the time of conversion.

                                       -13-

<PAGE>

(2)  Although the Selling Shareholder table assumes the sale of all Shares by
     each Selling Shareholder, the Shares underlying the Preferred Shares being
     registered hereby are subject to a limitation which provides that no more
     than 20% of the aggregate number of Preferred Shares originally purchased
     and owned by any single Selling Shareholder may be converted in any thirty
     (30) day period after the ninetieth (90th) day of issuance.. See
     "Securities to be Registered; Preferred Stock."

(3)  Includes 250,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants.

(4)  Includes 250,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants.

(5)  Includes 500,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants.

(6)  Represents 250,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding
     warrants.


                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         The Shares to be acquired by the Selling Shareholders upon the
conversion of the Preferred Shares or upon exercise of the Warrants may be sold
from time to time by the Selling Shareholders, subject to a current and
effective prospectus.

         The Shares may be sold by the Selling Shareholders from time to time in
one or more transactions (which may involve block transactions) in the
over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, or in a combination of such
methods of sale, at fixed prices, at market prices prevailing at the time of
sale, at prices related to the prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices.

         The Shares may be sold by one or more of the following methods: (a) a
block trade in which the broker or dealer so engaged will attempt to sell the
shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal
in order to consummate the transaction; (b) a purchase by a broker or dealer as
principal, and the resale by such broker or dealer for its account pursuant to
this Prospectus, including resale to another broker or dealer; or (c) ordinary
brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker solicits purchasers.
In effecting sales, brokers or dealers engaged by a Selling Shareholder may
arrange for other brokers or dealers to participate. Any such brokers or dealers
will receive commissions or discounts from a Selling Shareholder in amounts to
be negotiated immediately prior to the sale. Such brokers or dealers and any
other participating brokers or dealers may be deemed to be "underwriters" within
the meaning of the Securities Act. Any gain realized by such a broker or dealer
on the sale of shares which it purchases as a principal may be deemed to be
compensation to the broker or dealer in addition to any commission paid to the
broker by a Selling Shareholder.

         Some of the Shares covered by the Registration Statement may be sold
under Rule 144 instead of by the Registration Statement. The Company will not
receive any portion of the proceeds of the Shares sold by the Selling
Shareholders. The Selling Shareholders are not required to actually sell any of
the Shares held by the Selling Shareholders.

         The Selling Shareholders have been advised that during the time each is
engaged in sales of the Shares covered by this Prospectus, each must comply
with, among other things, Regulation M, promulgated under the Exchange Act, as
amended, and pursuant thereto: (i) shall not engage in any improper
stabilization activity in connection with the Company's securities; (ii) shall
furnish each broker through which securities covered by this Prospectus may be
offered the number of copies of this Prospectus which are required by each

                                       -14-

<PAGE>

broker; and (iii) shall not bid for or purchase any securities of the Company or
attempt to induce any person to purchase any of the Company's securities other
than as permitted under the Exchange Act.

                                       -15-

<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

         WHEN USED ANYWHERE IN THE DISCUSSION OF "BUSINESS" BELOW, THE WORDS
"MAY," "WILL," "EXPECT," "ANTICIPATE," "CONTINUE," "ESTIMATE," "PROJECT,"
"INTEND," "SHOULD," "BELIEVE," AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 27A OF THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933 AND SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 REGARDING
EVENTS, CONDITIONS AND FINANCIAL TRENDS THAT MAY AFFECT THE COMPANY'S FUTURE
PLANS OF OPERATIONS, BUSINESS STRATEGY, OPERATING COSTS AND FINANCIAL POSITION.
SPECIFICALLY, FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE INCLUDED IN THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS
BELOW: "OVERVIEW"; "INSTRUMENTATION AND TEST EQUIPMENT SECTOR;" "COMPONENTS AND
SUBSYSTEM ASSEMBLIES SECTOR;" "CIRCUITS SECTOR;" "PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND
ENGINEERING;" "COMPETITION;" "REGULATION," AND "EMPLOYEES." PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED THAT ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE NOT GUARANTEES
OF FUTURE PERFORMANCE AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES AND THAT ACTUAL
RESULTS MAY DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE INCLUDED WITHIN THE FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF VARIOUS FACTORS.


OVERVIEW

        MicroTel International, Inc. (the "Company"), is a holding company
which, through its various direct and indirect operating subsidiaries, designs,
manufactures and distributes a wide range of electronics hardware products and
provides related services primarily to the telecommunications industry.
Approximately 60% of the Company's hardware sales are to customers in the
telecommunications industries, including AT&T and the Regional Bell Operating
Companies ("RBOCs") domestically, and France Telecom in Europe. The remainder of
the sales are various information technology products for industrial, medical,
military and aerospace applications. The Company does not market the products
manufactured and distributed by its subsidiaries in connection with the
"MicroTel" name but rather such products are distributed under each subsidiary's
market-recognized brand-names.

        The Company's objective is to become a leader in quality, cost effective
solutions to meet the global requirements of telecommunications and information
technology customers. The Company believes that it can achieve this objective
through customer-oriented product development, superior product solutions, and
excellence in local market service and support in North America, Europe and
Asia.

        In 1984, MicroTel International, Inc. began operations as CXR Telcom
Corporation. In 1989, a holding company, CXR Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, was formed with two operating subsidiaries, CXR Telcom Corporation,
based in the United States, and CXR S.A., based in France (collectively, "CXR").
CXR manufactures and distributes telecommunications testing and transmission
equipment. In 1995, CXR Corporation changed its name to MicroTel International,
Inc.

        On March 26, 1997, the Company consummated a merger pursuant to which
XIT Corporation became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, with XIT as the
surviving subsidiary (the "Merger"). Because the Merger was accounted for as a
reverse acquisition, historical financial information referred to herein as that
of the Company shall refer to the historical financial information of XIT.

        Prior to 1991, XIT produced video display products, bare printed circuit
boards, digital switches, 

                                       -16-

<PAGE>

keyboards, keypads and other components primarily for military and aerospace 
applications. In 1991, XIT began a fundamental transition of its business 
operations by divesting $1.5 million in unprofitable bare printed circuit 
board volume and $3.5 million in low margin standard keyboards. During that 
year, XIT relocated its corporate headquarters, its Digitran Division's input 
and display component business, and its circuit division to Ontario and 
Monrovia, California from Pasadena, California and focused its circuits 
manufacturing on low volume, high margin double-sided and multi-layer circuit 
boards. Commencing in that year, XIT also began investing heavily in research 
and development in order to diversify its information technology product line 
and reduce its dependence on military and aerospace sales.

        Commencing in 1994, XIT began to implement a business strategy of
acquiring strategically complementary businesses and product lines. In July
1994, XIT acquired approximately 85% of HyComp, Inc. through a share exchange
with the majority shareholders. HyComp, formed in 1969, designs and manufactures
hybrid circuits, resistor networks, and thin film components. HyComp's products
are for high-reliability applications where they must withstand extremes of
temperature, humidity or environment. These products have a variety of uses in
communications electronics, military, aerospace, medical, computer and
industrial controls. Subsequently, XIT acquired an additional approximate 7% of
HyComp Common Stock through an exchange of XIT common stock for HyComp common
shares. As a result of the exercise of certain HyComp stock options in 1997, the
Company's ownership of the common shares outstanding of HyComp was reduced to
88.5%.

        In May 1995, XIT acquired certain work in process from a bankrupt
printed circuit board and contract manufacturing company and established XCEL
Contract Manufacturing Division (XCMD) temporarily located in Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania. The Company continues to service certain of the XCMD customers
from its Ontario and Monrovia facilities, but has since closed its Philadelphia
operation.

        In July 1995, XIT sold its Computron Display Systems Division
("Computron") based in Illinois, a manufacturer of higher cost custom color and
monochrome display monitors, for approximately $1.8 million. Computron was sold
based on XIT management's determination that the demand for its monochrome
product lines was declining and its custom color product was too high in cost.
Further, XIT's growth in the monitor product area is expected to be derived from
its low cost standard color cathode ray tube ("CRT") product line, branded
XCEL-Lite, as well as a full range of flat panel products manufactured at its
Digitran Division.

        In September 1995, through a newly established wholly-owned subsidiary
XCEL Arnold Circuits, Inc. ("XCEL Arnold"), XIT completed the acquisition of
Arnold Circuits, Inc., a La Habra, California manufacturer of complex
multi-layer, surface mount circuit boards used in sophisticated electronic
equipment for the communications, computer, instrumentation and industrial
controls industries. XCEL Arnold's circuit boards are currently used principally
in cellular telephone transmission products. Due to a decline in its major
customer's business, management decided to exit this business. On April 9, 1998,
the Company sold certain of the assets of XCEL Arnold to a private corporation
which also assumed certain liabilities (see Note 17 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included elsewhere herein).

        In April 1996, XCEL Arnold completed the acquisition of Etch-Tek, Inc.
("Etch-Tek"), a manufacturer of quick turn and prototype quantities of double
sided and high multi-layer count printed circuit boards. Etch-Tek, located in
Concord, California, was originally established as a division of XCEL Arnold and
operated as XCEL Etch Tek Division of XCEL Arnold. The assets of Etch Tek were
not included in the sale of XCEL Arnold and, following such sale, Etch-Tek
operates as a division of XIT Corporation.

                                       -17-

<PAGE>

        In September 1996, XCEL Corporation, Ltd. ("XCEL UK"), the Company's
United Kingdom subsidiary, acquired Abbott Electronics, Ltd. ("Abbott"). XCEL UK
operates Abbott as a wholly-owned subsidiary of XCEL UK trading as XCEL Power
Systems, Ltd ("XPS"). XPS designs and manufactures high and low voltage, high
specification, compact and micro-electronic power supplies to meet rugged
environmental and high tolerance electrical requirements.

        In the fall of 1996, XIT began negotiations with MicroTel with respect
to the Merger. Management believes that the Merger will enhance the Company's
ability to service its telecommunications and information technology customers,
create additional marketing opportunities both geographically and across product
lines, and provide cost savings by the internal sourcing of components by
MicroTel's subsidiaries formerly purchased from third-party vendors.

        In October 1997, the Company acquired all the capital stock of Critical
Communications Incorporated ("Critical"), a manufacturer of telecommunication
test instruments located in St. Charles, Illinois. The Company has transferred
manufacturing of Critical's product to its CXR Telcom subsidiary in Fremont,
California and has maintained the remaining operation as a product engineering
and development, customer service and mid-west sales office where it previously
lacked a presence.

        Within the electronics industry, the Company now manufactures and
distributes three product lines and is organized into three related business
sectors which are discussed below.

1.      INSTRUMENTATION AND TEST EQUIPMENT SECTOR

        The Company's Instrumentation and Test Equipment products are
manufactured by CXR and CXR, S. A. In addition, CXR, S.A. performs network
integration services. Their customers include AT&T, France Telecom, the RBOCs,
interconnect carriers, independent telephone operating companies, private
communications networks, banks, brokerage firms and Government agencies.

    TELECOM TEST INSTRUMENTS. The CXR line of test instruments measure the
transmission characteristics of telephone circuits. The market for this test
equipment has expanded as a result of the AT&T divestiture of the RBOCs and the
trend towards user ownership of equipment. As a result of the AT&T divestiture,
local telephone operating companies have been forced to develop their own
internal capacity to identify and isolate troubles in the network transmission
facilities in both telephone company owned or subscriber owned equipment.

        In October 1997, the Company acquired all the capital stock of Critical
Communications Incorporated ("Critical") of St. Charles, Illinois in a
stock-for-stock exchange. Founded in 1991, Critical is a provider of
sophisticated, state-of-the-art, portable telephone test instruments used by
both long-distance carriers and local telephone service providers as well as by
corporate and government telecommunications end users. The Company incorporated
the manufacturing operations of Critical into those of CXR Telcom and
distributes its products through both existing CXR and Critical sales channels.
This acquisition expands the present CXR product offering to include additional
software-driven, user-friendly and cost-competitive hand-held products which are
expected to broaden CXR's penetration of the Installation and Maintenance
("I&M") segment of the telecommunications marketplace - i.e. that segment in
which corporate service installations and maintenance are provided by the
various telephone companies. While CXR's existing I&M products are used
extensively in the Central Office testing environment (which necessitates the
use of a multi-function, all-in-one test instrument), Critical's products are
primarily designed to service the test instrument needs at outside plant service
installations, where lightweight, portable products requiring fewer functional
testing features are required. It is particularly in this market segment, where
CXR presently competes with only one, outdated product, that the Critical
product line is expected to have significant impact.

                                       -18-

<PAGE>

        The current line of test equipment manufactured and sold by CXR is as
follows:

        The new 700 Series of Transmission test sets acquired from Critical
Communications are a modular, rugged, lightweight and hand-held line of products
which are principally used by telephone companies to qualify and certify the
service offerings to end users. These sets are configured in a variety of models
designed to perform analog and digital measurements on voice grade and wide band
circuit applications. Testing of the physical copper pair and qualifying it for
the new wide band digital services applications is becoming the primary concern
on the part of telephone companies. These services include the Digital Data
Service (DDS), High Capacity Digital Subscriber loops (HDSL) and Asymmetrical
Digital Subscriber loops (ADSL). Additionally, the modular nature of the
equipment's design provides an upgrade path for optional testing of the
signaling parameters over the telephony network, simulation of the Central
Office (CO) and simulation of the Private Branch Exchange (PBX). The 700 series
can also be equipped with the modules necessary to perform the digital tests
required to qualify the data transmission rates for service offered to ultimate
users. These rates range from basic modem rates to the higher speeds of the
Pulse Coded Modulation (PCM) network (1.5 million bits per second (Mb/s)).

        The Model 5200 Universal Transmission Analyzer incorporates Digital
Signal Processing (DSP) measurement technology and has replaced the LES 8000
Test Set formerly marketed by the Company. This product is marketed to the
maintenance organizations of telephone companies and private network operators
and performs all the functions of a Data Transmission Impairment Analyzer, a DS1
BERT Tester, a VF Signaling Network Access Unit, a T-1 Channel access Test Unit,
and a DDS private line and switched digital service test product.

        The Model 5200 is designed for qualifying, commissioning and maintaining
digital baseband leased lines, mono and stereo radio channels and basic and
primary rate voice, and soon will be enhanced to service Integrated Services for
the Digital Network (ISDN) subscriber loops. It is capable of making at very
high transmission speeds all of the necessary measurements according to the
international CCITT recommendations.

        The Model 5200 covers the specialized installation and maintenance of
all circuits involving voice, signaling transmission, 64Kb/s data, and 1.5Mb/s
data, and shortly will cover ISDN circuits. The Model 5200 is the first product
of its kind to offer all these testing capabilities within one package. An added
feature is the use of an internal battery power source in order to accommodate
special hard-to-reach environments. The Model 5200 constituted approximately 70%
of CXR's instrument sales for the year ended December 31, 1997.

    DATACOM TEST INSTRUMENTS. Datacom test instruments are used to test and
monitor the performance of computers and communications equipment to ensure
proper function in receiving or transmitting data over wide area or local area
networks. Datacom instruments monitor, emulate and perform digital tests on
protocol, code and transmission functions of computers, terminals, modems,
multiplexers, front-end processors and other computer and communications
equipment. The CXR Telcom Series 840 and 804 products address this market.

    TRANSMISSION PRODUCTS. CXR develops, manufactures, and sells a broad line of
Anderson Jacobson ("AJ") modem products. These include modem models operating at
data rates from 2400 bits per second (bps) through 56,000 bps. These are sold as
rackmount modems for use at central communication/computer sites, or as
stand-alone modems for use at remote sites. All of the AJ models are "feature
rich" modems that generally offer more capabilities and flexibility than
competing products.

        The ability to transmit digital data to and from computers is an
important element in the computer industry. Communications and data interconnect
capabilities are fundamental requirements for maximization 

                                       -19-

<PAGE>

of computer systems uses. The large volume of information to be exchanged 
between computer networks in geographically disperse locations require rapid, 
accurate and economical communications capabilities and the AJ product line 
is designed to meet and satisfy such needs.

        The AJ 1456/2853 Series of products are a true V.90 compatible product
line designed to accommodate the newly standardized high speed of 56Kb/s and its
sub-rates standard of V.34, V.32 ter and V.32. These products operate on a full
duplex basis, using standard dial-up lines or on 2-wire and 4-wire leased lines.
The series features trellis coded modulation and local and remote echo
cancellation, with capabilities to cope with satellite delay of multiple hops in
long distance transmission. Also, the series is equipped with multiple number
storage capacity via a V.25 bis synchronous dialer for computer controlled
application. In leased line operation, the series features unattended automatic
dial backup using the dial-up network in the event of lease line failures. The
series is also available in either stand alone desktop applications or as a card
for chassis rackmount configuration.

        The AJ Smart Rack is a modem management enclosure that accommodates 16
modular card modems that allow data center managers to keep track of
configurations, diagnostics, alarms and system status at all times through a
menu driven user interface. The main advantage of the Smart Rack is the
simplicity of keeping track of all activities with real time monitoring and
reporting using simple easy to read display screens. Also an on-board modem
allows access from remote locations and the ability to dial a predefined
sequence of numbers for alarm reporting.

        The AJ 5900 series offers intelligent T-1 Channel Service Units which
provide access to D4 and Extended Super Frame (ESF) on High Capacity Digital
Service (HCDS), in either a single line or rack mount configuration. The AJ 5900
series offers a single termination interface to the Data Terminal Equipment
(DTE), providing continuous monitoring for bipolar violations and multiple error
events. The user can select thresholds for error rates, with separate levels for
the network and the equipment. The series provides complete access to both the
network side and the user side, along with the appropriate diagnostic tests in
order to maintain network integrity.

        In March 1997, CXR introduced a new product line, the AJ 6900 series for
T-1 and fractional T-1 CSU-DSU applications. These newly introduced products
provide for the direct interface between the customer's equipment and the T-1
facilities. The AJ 6900 series operates at any multiple 56K or 64K b/s,
including current Frame Relay data rates. Built-in multiplexer ports allow
simultaneous connections to a PBX or channel bank which shares the same T-1
facility. The AJ 6900 series has an integrated Simple Network Management
Protocol (SNMP) and therefore can easily be used by any network management
system using SNMP.

    NETWORK SERVER PRODUCTS. In 1998, CXR developed and introduced to field
trial a new product offering, a Remote Access Server (RAS), to address the
Internet Service Provider (ISP) market and corporate communication users. The
RAS-248, RAS-496 and RAS 3096+ products provide high density communication to
accommodate the incoming traffic from high speed Modems (56Kb/s), ISDN Terminal
Adapters (TA), Primary rate ISDN and at the PCM rates for both the US and the
International standards. The product implements a secure 128 bit encryption,
which operates using the Windows NT operating system platform. Also, the product
line features an adaptability to Web Caching with application server options,
built-in protocol analysis and is compatible with the Local Area Network (LAN)
infrastructures and its various topologies. Like all of the AJ data transmission
products, the RAS family uses the SNMP management Protocol and therefore can be
very easily configured and managed from any location capable of using SNMP
system. These products were formally introduced to the market in the third
quarter of 1998.

        NETWORKING SYSTEMS. In 1996, CXR S.A. formed a new business unit to
market several lines of products used 

                                       -20-

<PAGE>

to build data and voice networks. All of these products are sourced from 
third-party vendors under distributorship or OEM arrangements. The "product" 
marketed to its customers is a turn-key solution using these products and 
includes network design, installation and maintenance.

        The product lines marketed consist of four primary types as follows: (i)
multiplexing equipment used to transport data, voice and local area network
traffic over point-to-point leased lines and frame relay networks; (ii)
statistical multiplexers, terminal servers and routers for local area network
interconnections; (iii) data compression equipment used to compress and encrypt
data streams prior to network access to maximize transmission speed and secure
the transmission and to decompress and decipher upon transmission receipt; and
(iv) ISDN routers used to link remote offices to corporate office local area
networks.


2.      COMPONENTS AND SUBSYSTEM ASSEMBLIES SECTOR

        Components and Subsystem Assemblies products are produced and/or sold by
XIT's Digitran Division, based in Ontario, California, XCEL UK and XPS,
wholly-owned subsidiaries of XIT based in England, and another wholly-owned
subsidiary, XCEL Japan, Ltd.

COMPONENTS

        XIT's Digitran Division manufactures and sells digital switch products
serving aerospace, military, communications, industrial and commercial
applications. Thumbwheel, push button, and lever modules, together with
assemblies, are manufactured in 16 different model families. The Digitran
Division also offers a wide variety of custom keypads.

        The Digitran Division also produces the XCEL-Lite display color monitor
product. Each monitor is customized to meet the needs of OEMs or sold "off the
shelf" as lower cost standard XCEL-Lite models. The monitors also come with a
range of options, including: a wide range of phosphors, custom headers, video to
all standard formats or customized, front access controls for brightness,
contrast, and power, ruggedized exteriors, EMI/RFI shielding, low energy power
and universal power supplies. The predominant market segments for these displays
are test instruments and rugged continuous use ATMs. Color and monochrome
monitors (including XCEL-Lite) are sold in Europe through XCEL UK.

        XPS, located in Ashford, Kent, England, produces a range of high and low
voltage, high specification, compact and microelectronic power supplies for an
international customer base, including telecommunications, aerospace and
military customers.

                                       -21-

<PAGE>

SUBSYSTEMS

        Based on industry data, the Company believes that OEMs are increasingly
relying upon independent manufacturers of complex electronic products rather
than on in-house production. The Company believes that the current trend towards
increased reliance by OEMs on independent manufacturers reflects the OEMs'
recognition that, for complex electronic products, independent manufacturers can
provide greater specialization, expertise, responsiveness and flexibility and
can offer shorter delivery cycles than can be achieved by internal production.

        The Company's XCEL UK subsidiary offers complete manufacturing solutions
to OEMs, including concurrent engineering, assembly of printed circuit boards
and front panel assemblies incorporating its input and display components,
assembly of subsystems, test engineering, software development and accessory
packaging. The Company's XCEL UK subsidiary believes its ability to manufacture
various electronic components, combined with its engineering integration
capability, provides it with a number of competitive advantages in providing
custom subsystem assemblies that can enable it to capture a significant portion
of this growing market. By integrating the Company's printed circuit boards and
components, XCEL UK is able to engineer and manufacture communications, medical,
industrial, and military weapons input and display subsystems.

3.      CIRCUITS SECTOR

        The Company's printed circuit boards are produced by XCEL Etch Tek and
XCEL Circuits divisions of XIT, located in Concord and Monrovia, California
respectively, and HyComp, Inc. ("HyComp"), an approximately 89% owned subsidiary
of XIT based in Marlborough, Massachusetts. Until March 31, 1998, the Company
produced printed circuits at its XCEL Arnold Circuits, Inc. subsidiary ("XCEL
Arnold") located in La Habra, California. On April 9, 1998, the Company
completed the sale, effective as of March 31, 1998, of substantially all of the
assets of XCEL Arnold to Arnold Circuits, Inc., a newly formed entity formed to
consummate the purchase.

        Printed circuit boards are essential components in virtually all
sophisticated electronic products. The circuit board is the basic platform used
to interconnect and mount electronic components such as microprocessors,
resistor networks and capacitors. Circuit boards consist of copper traces on an
insulating (dielectric) base, which provide electrical interconnections for
electronic components. The development of more sophisticated electronic
equipment by OEMs combining higher performance and reliability with reduced size
and cost has created a demand for increased complexity, miniaturization and
density in the circuit traces. In response to this demand, multi-layer boards
have been developed in which several layers of circuitry are laminated together
to form a single board with both horizontal and vertical electrical
interconnections.

        The technology required to manufacture electronic products is becoming
increasingly costly and complex. Traditionally, manufacturers used the so-called
"through-hole" technology in assembling printed circuit boards. However, a newer
technology known as "surface-mount" technology ("SMT") has gained acceptance in
the manufacture of these products. The Company has invested in new manufacturing
equipment to accommodate the increased business for SMT equipment. SMT allows
for production of a smaller circuit board, with greater component and circuit
density, resulting in increased performance. Management believes that SMT will
continue to constitute an increasing percentage of printed circuit board
production and assembly. The Company also produces high performance circuit
boards constructed from specialty materials at its XCEL Circuits Division and
its XCEL Etch-Tek Division manufactures sophisticated multi-layer, quick turn,
and prototype printed circuit boards of up to 24 layers.

        HyComp manufactures hybrid microelectronic circuit products which must,
because of the applications 

                                       -22-

<PAGE>

in which they are used, endure extreme environmental conditions. HyComp's 
hybrid circuits combine components, such as resistors, capacitors and 
integrated circuit chips, into one functional unit in a single sealed 
package. In 1997, HyComp established an industry-leading position in 
producing and assembling flip chip devices starting from single semiconductor 
chips, rather than requiring complete semiconductor wafers. Management 
believes that HyComp is the only company world-wide presently commercially 
producing flip chip assemblies from single chips. HyComp also has a line of 
thick film hybrid circuits which are manufactured by HyComp's strategic 
partner SIMESA in its automated cassette to cassette production facility 
located in Vitoria, Spain.

CUSTOMERS AND MARKETING

        Customers for the Company's Instrumentation and Test product line
include AT&T, the RBOCs, international telephone companies - including France
Telecom - and private communications networks. Datacom test equipment and modem
equipment are purchased by telecommunications equipment manufacturers and used
in the design, manufacture, installation and maintenance of the electronic
equipment they provide. Telecom test instruments are purchased by the major long
distance and local loop carriers.

        The customers for the Circuits Sector include GenRad, Raytheon, Lockheed
Martin, Tektronics, Teradyne, Holland Signal, Racal, EFW and Loral, among
others.

        The principal customers for Components and Subsystems are OEMs in the
electronics industry and include manufacturers of communications equipment,
industrial computers, automatic teller machines, medical devices, industrial
instruments and test equipment, and aerospace and military products. Such
customers include Boeing, Lockheed Martin, Raytheon, Litton, Rockwell, Teledyne,
Honeywell, NCR, Eastman Kodak, British Aerospace, Aerospatiale, Pilkington,
Sagem, Toshiba and Hyundai, among many others.

        The Company's largest customer was Motorola which accounted for
approximately 14%, 34%, 41% and 13% of the net sales for the year ended December
31, 1997, the three months ended December 31, 1996 and the years ended September
30, 1996 and 1995, respectively. These sales were made by XCEL Arnold, the
assets of which were sold by the Company effective March 31, 1998. No other
customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's net sales for these
periods or the six months ended June 30, 1998.

        The Company markets its products through a combination of direct sales
engineers, distributors and independent sales representatives primarily in the
United States, Europe and Japan (See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus).

                                       -23-

<PAGE>

BACKLOG

        The Company's business is not generally seasonal, with the exception
that the printed circuit board industry generally slows in the last calendar
quarter of each year and capital equipment purchases are lower than average
during the first quarter of each year, impacting the Instrumentation and Test
Equipment sector. The Company's backlog of firm, unshipped orders was as follows
by business sector at June 30, 1998, December 31, 1997 and 1996, and September
30, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      JUNE 30, 1998   DEC. 31, 1997   DEC. 31, 1996  SEPT. 30, 1996  SEPT. 30, 1995
                      -------------   -------------   -------------  --------------  --------------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                   <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>

Circuits               $    1,470      $    5,397      $    5,880      $   11,019      $   14,087
Components and
   Subsystem
   Assemblies               8,223           6,452           8,888           9,187           2,937
Instrumentation and
   Test Equipment             864             985              --              --              --
                        ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
                       $   10,557      $   12,834      $   14,768      $   20,206      $   17,024
                        ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
                        ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------

</TABLE>

        The decline in backlog for the Circuits Sector from December 31, 1997 to
June 30, 1998 was principally the result of the sale of XCEL Arnold, which had a
backlog of approximately $3,400,000 at December 31, 1997. The decline in backlog
for this sector in 1996 resulted from XCEL Arnold's major customer, Motorola,
changing its ordering pattern, compounded in 1997 by a deferral of orders by
this customer pending correction of late delivery problems. Motorola as a matter
of policy reduced its order quantities from a 12 month supply in the September
30, 1995 time frame to a 3 to 6 month supply beginning in the September 30, 1996
time frame and thereafter. The increase in backlog for the Components and
Subsystem Assemblies Sector at June 30, 1998 resulted from an increase of
approximately $1,060,000 at XPS principally in the second quarter of 1998 and an
increase in the orders for the remainder of the Sector from programs which did
not order in 1997, thus contributing to the decline from December 31, 1996 to
December 31, 1997. The increase in this Sector's backlog at September 30, 1996
was due to the backlog of XPS, acquired in September 1996, of $5,992,000 at
September 30, 1996. Order backlog for XPS is volatile and the decline from
September 30, 1996 to December 31, 1997 did not indicate an adverse trend. The
backlog for the Instrumentation and Test Equipment Sector at December 31, 1997
and June 30, 1998 is that of CXR, acquired on March 26, 1997, and is not
material. Backlog for CXR is not deemed a significant measure of its business,
as its customers generally order on a just-in-time basis. The Company's order
backlog at June 30, 1998 will be mostly shipped during the second half of 1998,
with the exception of approximately $2,690,000 of orders at XIT (Components)
whose fulfillment will extend beyond 1998.

MANUFACTURING

        The Company purchases the electronic components required for the
manufacture of its various product lines from a number of vendors and has
experienced no significant difficulties in obtaining timely delivery of
components. In addition, the Company has begun internal sourcing of certain
electronic components following the Merger. Management has determined that there
would be little, if any, cost savings from outside manufacturing.

                                       -24-
<PAGE>

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND ENGINEERING

        The Company's product development and engineering is critical in view of
rapid technological innovation in the electronics hardware industry. Current
research and development efforts are concentrated in the Instrumentation and
Test Equipment Sector (CXR) and at HyComp. For the six months ended June 30,
1998, the year ended December 31, 1997, the three months ended December 31, 1996
and the years ended September 30, 1996 and 1995, engineering and product
development costs of the Company were $1,145,000, $2,046,000, $69,000, $309,000
and $328,000, respectively.

        The product development costs of CXR were $1,010,000, $1,797,000 and
$2,612,000 during the six months ended June 30, 1998 and the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. These product development costs were
related primarily to development of new telecommunications test equipment, trunk
testing system products and data communications equipment. Current research
expenditures are directed principally towards enhancements to the current test
instrument product line and development of increased band width (faster speed)
transmission products. These expenditures are intended to improve market share
and gross margins, although no assurances may be given that such improvements
will be achieved.

        CXR also makes use of the latest CAD (Computer Aided Design) equipment
to design and package its products. This puts CXR in the position to take full
advantage of the latest CAE (Computer Aided Engineering), and EDA (Engineering
Design Automation) workstation tools to design, simulate and test its advanced
product features or product enhancements for custom circuits and miniaturization
purposes. With the above mentioned tools, product developments are turned around
quickly, keeping the highest quality and reliability integrated as part of the
overall development process. This kind of capability also allows CXR to offer
custom featured designs for the potentially expanding Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) customers, whose needs require the integration of CXR's
products with their own.

        In 1992, HyComp began investigating the feasibility of a lower cost
alternative flip chip assembly process than that developed by IBM in the 1980s.
The HyComp process called "adhesive flip chip" uses conductive adhesives as
interconnections, instead of deposited metals. The adhesive flip chip process
promises all the benefits of the flip chip, but with substantially lower capital
investment and manufacturing costs. In 1995, HyComp received a contract from the
Advanced Research Projects Agency of the Department of Defense ("ARPA") to study
the feasibility of commercializing flip chip technology. In 1996, HyComp
received a contract continuation in the amount of $750,000 from the ARPA to set
up and operate an adhesive flip chip assembly line.

        In microelectronic applications, packaging has become a primary focus.
As chips approach the limits of on-chip densities, packaging which spaces chips
closely becomes key to increasing performance while decreasing size. Flip chip
technology gives the highest chip density of any packaging method. Instead of
placing chips in space wasting individual packages, they are assembled face down
onto matching connections on a substrate or board. Since the connections are
under the chip, no additional space is required for bonded wires or leads.

        Company management believes that the adhesive flip-chip has significant
potential size, performance and cost advantages for hybrid circuit manufacture.
The two year ARPA program has made HyComp the only company worldwide with
current production capability in adhesive flip chip assembly, a significant
market advantage. Management believes that over the next five years, flip chip
will be the microelectronic packaging of choice for high performance circuits.
As of December 31, 1997, the production process has been implemented and
commercial prototype orders have been produced for customers.

                                       -25-

<PAGE>

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

        The Company regards its software, hardware and manufacturing processes
as proprietary and relies on a combination of patent, copyright and trademark
laws, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions,
including employee and third-party nondisclosure agreements, to protect its
proprietary rights. The Company seeks to protect its software, documentation and
other written materials under trade secret and copyright laws, which afford some
limited protection. The laws of some foreign countries do not protect the
Company's proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United
States. The Company requires that its employees enter into confidentiality
agreements as a condition of employment.

COMPETITION

        The Instrumentation and Test Equipment Sector has numerous competitors
with greater technological, financial and marketing resources than those
possessed by the Company. The ability of the Company to compete in the
Instrumentation and Test product lines is dependent on several factors including
price, technology, product performance, service and its ability to attract and
retain qualified management and technical personnel.

        The market for printed circuit boards in the United States is fragmented
and very competitive. The Company believes there are over 700 companies
producing circuit boards in the United States. XIT competes primarily against
other independent manufacturers. There are no dominant manufacturers in the
segment of the industry served by XIT. XIT believes that relatively few
producers in the United States have the technological competence, manufacturing
processes, and facilities to produce complex multi-layer surface mount circuit
boards in commercial volumes.

        The Company also faces competition in this sector from certain captive
circuit board manufacturers. These manufacturers may seek orders in the open
market to fill excess capacity, thereby increasing price competition. A number
of the Company's competitors are larger than the Company and have greater
financial, marketing and other resources. The Company believes that competition
in circuits manufacturing is based on product quality, technological capability,
responsiveness to customers in delivery and service, and price.

        The Company's Components and Subsystem Assemblies Sector competes in a
highly fragmented market composed of a diverse group of U.S. based
manufacturers. The Company believes that the primary bases of competition in
this market segment are capability, price, manufacturing quality, advanced
manufacturing technology and reliable delivery. The Company believes that by
focusing on low to medium-volume production, and by manufacturing subsystems
using its in-house manufactured components, the Company can compete effectively.
Additionally, by taking on a wider range of systems than its larger competitors
and by having access to a diversified customer base, the Company believes it is
able to diversify its workload and is not as dependent as some of its
competitors on individual contracts, customers or industries.

REGULATION

        The Federal Communication Commission ("FCC") has adopted regulations
with respect to the interconnection of communications equipment with telephone
lines and radiation emanations of certain equipment. CXR has complied with these
regulations and received all necessary FCC approvals for its line of trunk
testing equipment. As additional products require certification, CXR believes it
will be able to satisfy all such future requirements. The Company believes it
complies with environmental regulations since it assembles, rather than
manufactures, electronic components and therefore discharges into the
environment are believed to be negligible.

                                       -26-

<PAGE>

        The Company's product lines are subject to certain federal and state
statutes governing safety and environmental protection. The Company believes
that it is in substantial compliance with all such regulations and is not aware
of any proposed or pending safety or environmental rule or regulation which, if
adopted, would have a material impact on its business or financial condition.

EMPLOYEES

        As of August 31, 1998, the Company employed 340 persons. Of these
employees, 233 employees are employed in the United States and 107 are employed
in Europe and Japan. None of the Company's employees are represented by unions
and there have not been any work stoppages at any of the Company's facilities.
The Company believes that its relationship with its employees is good.

                             DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

        The Company leases or owns approximately 205,000 square feet of
administrative, production, storage and shipping space. All of these facilities
are leased other than the Melbourne, UK and Abondant, France facilities. The
Ontario facility is owned by Capital Source Partners, a California real estate
partnership in which XIT holds a 50% ownership interest.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          BUSINESS UNIT                      LOCATION                       FUNCTION
         ---------------                    ----------                     ----------
<S>                                     <C>                           <C>
Digitran Division                       Ontario, California           Corporate headquarters/
(Components and subsystem assemblies)                                 Manufacturing
XCEL Circuit Division                   Monrovia, California          Administrative/
(Circuits)                                                            Manufacturing
XCEL Etch Tek                           Concord, California           Administrative/
(Circuits)                                                            Manufacturing
XCEL Corp. Ltd.                         Melbourne, United Kingdom     Administrative
(Components and subsystem
assemblies)
XCEL Power Systems                      Ashford, United Kingdom       Administrative/
(Components and subsystem                                             Manufacturing
assemblies)
XCEL Japan, Ltd. Higashi-Gotanda        Tokyo, Japan                  Administrative/
(Components and subsystem                                             Assembly
assemblies)
HyComp, Inc.                            Marlborough, Massachusetts    Administration/
(Circuits)                                                            Manufacturing
CXR, S.A                                Paris, France                 Administrative
(Instrumentation and test
equipment)
CXR, S.A.                               Abondant, France              Manufacturing
(Instrumentation and test
equipment)
CXR                                     Fremont, California           Administrative/
(Instrumentation and test                                             Manufacturing
equipment)

</TABLE>

        The lease for the Fremont facility will expire in or about September
2002, with one five-year renewal option. The lease for the Paris, France
facility expires in April 2007. The Ontario facility is covered by a lease that
expires in September 2000, with options to extend until September 2010. The
Monrovia facility is covered by a lease that expires in October 1998. The
Concord facility is subject to a lease that expires in September 2001, with
options to renew until April 2016. The Marlborough facility is subject to a
lease which expires in October 2000, and the Tokyo facility is subject to a
lease which expires in March 2000. The Ashford facility is subject to a
fifteen-year lease which expires in September 2011, subject to the right of the
Company to 

                                       -27-

<PAGE>

terminate the lease after five years, and the rights of the Company or the 
landlord to terminate the lease after ten years.

        The Company believes that these facilities are adequate for the current
business operations.

                                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

SCHEINFELD V. MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

               In October 1996, David Scheinfeld brought an action in the
Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York, to recover monetary
damages in the amount of $300,000 allegedly sustained by the failure of the
Company, its stock transfer agent and its counsel to timely deliver and register
30,000 shares of Common Stock for which payment had been made. The Company was
informed by Mr. Scheinfeld that in order to settle his claims, the Company would
have to issue him unrestricted shares of common stock. Since the Company cannot
issue unrestricted shares (absent registration), the Company answered Mr.
Scheinfeld's motion and sought to compel him to serve a complaint upon the
defendants. On June 30, 1997, the complaint was served, and the Company has
subsequently answered, denying the material allegations of the complaint. In
August 1997, the Company served discovery requests on Mr. Scheinfeld, who was
initially obligated to respond by September 12, 1997. On March 2, 1998, Mr.
Scheinfeld responded to such discovery requests which response is currently
under review by counsel to the Company. Currently, the parties are actively
engaged in settlement discussions.

FRANCIS JOHN GORRY V. MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

        In 1994, Francis John Gorry, a former officer of the Company, alleged
that the Company breached a consulting agreement between he and the Company.
Subsequently, the Company and Mr. Gorry entered into an agreement which called
for certain cash payments to Mr. Gorry and for the issuance to Mr. Gorry and
subsequent registration of shares of the Company's common stock by April 30,
1996. The Company failed to timely issue the stock and on May 21, 1996, Mr.
Gorry filed suit against the Company (the "1996 Suit"). Shortly thereafter, the
Company and Mr. Gorry entered into a Settlement Agreement which was thereafter
amended twice. Based upon the execution of the Settlement Agreement, the court
dismissed Mr. Gorry's suit without prejudice. The cash payments specified under
the terms of the Settlement Agreement, as amended, were timely made and the
shares of the Company's common stock were issued to Mr. Gorry and subsequently
registered pursuant to the terms of the Settlement Agreement, as amended. On
June 18, 1998, Mr. Gorry made a motion to the court for an order vacating the
dismissal of the 1996 Suit for the purpose of entering judgment in the amount of
$170,000 against the Company, claiming the common shares delivered to him did
not conform to the terms of the Settlement Agreement, as amended. On July 17,
1998, the court granted Mr. Gorry's motion. The Company has appealed the court's
decision as it believes the claim which forms the basis for Mr. Gorry's motion 
is without merit.

                                       -28-

<PAGE>

DANIEL DROR V. MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

        In November 1996, the Company entered into an agreement (the
"Agreement") with the former Chairman of the Company, which involved certain
mutual obligations. In December 1997, the former Chairman defaulted on the
repayment of the first installment of a debt obligation which was an obligation
set forth in the Agreement. Also in December 1997, the former Chairman of the
Company, filed suit in the District Court for Galveston County, Texas alleging
the Company has breached an alleged oral modification of the Agreement. In
January 1998, the Company answered the complaint denying the allegation and the
matter is currently being litigated in Texas. The Company believes that the
former Chairman's claim is without merit and intends to vigorously defend
itself. Subsequently, the Company brought an action in California against the
former Chairman for breach of the Agreement and which seeks recovery of all
stock, warrants and debt due the Company. The parties are currently conducting
settlement discussions in an attempt to resolve both this litigation and the
following matter ("Other Litigation").

OTHER LITIGATION

In December 1997, Elk International Corporation Limited, a stockholder of the
Company, brought an action in Texas against the Company's current Chairman and
an unrelated party, alleging certain misrepresentations during the merger
discussions between XIT and the Company. The Company moved to dismiss this suit
on jurisdictional grounds which motion was denied and consequently will
vigorously defend the current Chairman on the merits.

        Although the ultimate outcome of the matters noted above cannot be
predicted with certainty, pending actual resolution, management believes the
disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse affect on the
consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

                                       -29-

<PAGE>

                          SECURITIES OF THE REGISTRANT

(a)  MARKET INFORMATION.
        Since September 11, 1996, the Company's common stock has been trading on
the NASDAQ SmallCap Market under the symbol MCTL. Prior to that date, the shares
of the Company's common stock had been listed on the American Stock Exchange
under the symbol MOL. Accordingly, the tables below reflect the high and low
sales prices for a share of the Company's common stock during the period they
were listed on the AMEX, and the high and low bid information for the period
during which they were listed on the NASDAQ SmallCap Market. The quotations
below for dates commencing September 11, 1996 reflect inter-dealer prices,
without retail mark-ups, mark-downs or commissions, and may not represent actual
transactions.

        On August 15, 1996, the shareholders of the Company ratified a
one-for-five reverse stock split effective for holders of record on August 29,
1996. The sales prices below have been restated to give effect to the reverse
split.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

CALENDAR YEAR                     HIGH            LOW
- --------------                  -------          ------
<S>                          <C>            <C>
1998                   
Second Quarter                $   1.25       $    0.938
First Quarter                     1.625           1.00
1997                   
Fourth Quarter                $   2.4375     $    1.1563
Third Quarter                     2.625           2.375
Second Quarter                    2.8125          1.875
First Quarter                     3.4375          1.4375
1996                   
Fourth Quarter                $   3.25       $    1.0625
Third Quarter                     5.625           3.125
Second Quarter                    8.75            4.6875
First Quarter                     9.375           5.3125
1995                   
Fourth Quarter                $   6.5625     $    4.0625
Third Quarter                     7.50            5.3125
Second Quarter                    6.25            3.75
First Quarter                     4.375           3.125

</TABLE>

(b)  SHAREHOLDERS
         As of September 28, 1998, the Company had 3,744 stockholders of 
record, of which 443 were round lot stockholders, and approximately 4,500 
beneficial stockholders.

(c)  DIVIDENDS
         No dividends on the Common Shares have been paid by the Company to 
date. The Company's Loan and Security Agreement with Congress Financial 
Corporation prohibits the payment of cash dividends on the Common Shares. The 
Company currently intends to retain future earnings to fund the development 
and growth of its business and, therefore, does not anticipate paying cash 
dividends on the Common Shares within the foreseeable future. Any future 
payment of dividends on the Common Shares will be determined by the Company's 
Board of Directors and will depend on the Company's financial condition, 
results of operations and other factors deemed relevant by its Board of 
Directors.

                                       -30-

<PAGE>

                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table summarizes selected consolidated financial data 
for the Company for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and 1997, the year 
ended December 31, 1997, the three months ended December 31, 1996 and each of 
the four years in the period ended September 30, 1996. The data has been 
derived from and should be read in conjunction with the Company's 
Consolidated Financial Statements, the related Notes thereto and Management's 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. The 
financial data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 1998 and the three 
months ended December 31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of results that 
may be expected for the full year. All amounts are in thousands, except per 
share data.

                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          SIX         SIX                   THREE
                         MONTHS      MONTHS      YEAR       MONTHS
                         ENDED       ENDED       ENDED      ENDED               YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                        JUNE 30,    JUNE 30,    DEC 31,     DEC 31,             ------------------------
                          1998        1997       1997        1996        1996        1995      1994        1993
                          ----        ----       ----        ----        ----        ----      ----        ----
<S>                     <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales               $ 18,713    $ 19,736    $ 43,098    $  7,886    $31,249   $ 19,602    $ 14,237    $13,766
Net income (loss)       $ (1,165)   $ (2,038)   $ (9,693)   $   (905)   $ 1,083   $    337    $   (672)   $ 1,430
Income (loss)
  available to common
  stockholders          $ (1,178)   $ (2,072)   $ (9,753)   $   (924)   $ 1,003   $    327    $   (672)   $ 1,430
Basic and diluted
  earnings (loss) per
  share                 $   (.10)   $   (.24)   $   (.96)   $   (.15)   $   .17   $    .07    $   (.14)   $   .33
Total assets            $ 21,106    $ 32,148    $ 25,440    $ 20,564    $19,613   $ 15,955    $ 11,137    $10,716
Long-term obligations   $  2,384    $  3,870    $  3,319    $  3,549    $ 2,678   $  1,524    $    740    $   762
Redeemable preferred
  stock                 $    459    $    686    $    714    $    794    $   775   $    835    $     --    $    --
Stockholders' equity    $  4,887    $ 12,742    $  6,015    $  5,047    $ 5,845   $  4,464    $  3,263    $ 3,769
Shares outstanding at
  period end              11,929      11,396      11,926       6,064      6,064      5,814       4,886      4,659

</TABLE>

        No cash dividends on the Company's common stock were declared during any
of the periods presented. Shares outstanding and earnings (loss) per share have
been restated to give effect to the recapitalization of XIT Corporation (the
accounting acquiror) in the "reverse acquisition" of MicroTel International,
Inc. by XIT Corporation on March 26, 1997.

        As discussed previously, the historical financial data above prior to
the Merger is that of XIT Corporation (the "Accounting Acquiror"). In
conjunction with the reverse acquisition accounting treatment, XIT changed its
fiscal year end from September 30 to December 31 to adopt the fiscal year end of
MicroTel International, Inc. The three month period ended December 31, 1996
represents the "transition" period between XIT's fiscal year ended September 30,
1996 and the beginning of its new fiscal year, January 1, 1997.

                                       -31-

<PAGE>

                          MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                       CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        WHEN USED IN THIS MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, THE WORDS "MAY," "WILL," "EXPECT,"
"ANTICIPATE," "CONTINUE," "ESTIMATE," "PROJECT," "INTEND," "SHOULD," "BELIEVE"
AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 27A OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND SECTION 21E
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 REGARDING EVENTS, CONDITIONS AND
FINANCIAL TRENDS THAT MAY AFFECT THE COMPANY'S FUTURE PLANS OF OPERATIONS,
BUSINESS STRATEGY, OPERATING COSTS AND FINANCIAL POSITION. SPECIFICALLY,
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE INCLUDED IN THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS BELOW:
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES, OUTLOOK, AND NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS, READERS OR OTHER USERS OF THIS REPORT ARE CAUTIONED THAT
ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE NOT GUARANTEES OF FUTURE PERFORMANCE AND ARE
SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES AND THAT ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER MATERIALLY
FROM THOSE INCLUDED WITHIN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF VARIOUS
FACTORS.

        As discussed previously herein and in the notes to the accompanying
consolidated financial statements, the consolidated financial statements
presented are those of XIT Corporation and its wholly and majority-owned
subsidiaries and beginning March 26, 1997, include the Company and its
subsidiaries CXR Telcom Corporation and CXR, S.A. (the "Former Company"). This
is the result of the reverse acquisition by XIT of MicroTel International, Inc.
(the Registrant) and its subsidiaries in a merger on March 26, 1997. The Former
Company and "accounting acquiree" is described as "CXR" in the discussion below.
XIT Corporation is referred to as "XIT."

        The Company conducts its operations out of various facilities in the
U.S., France, England, and Japan and organizes itself in three product line
sectors-Circuits, Components and Subsystem Assemblies, and Instrumentation and
Test Equipment. The Circuits Sector operates principally in the Company's U.S.
market, the Components and Subsystems Assemblies Sector operates in its U.S.,
European and Asian markets, and the Instrumentation and Test Equipment Sector
operates principally in its U.S. and European markets. The Components and
Subsystems Assembly Sector is referred to as "the Components Sector" in the
discussion below for brevity.

        In conjunction with the merger of XIT and CXR, XIT changed its fiscal
year end from September 30 to December 31 to conform to the fiscal year of CXR.
Consequently, the consolidated financial statements discussed herein are for the
year ended December 31, 1997, the three months ended December 31, 1996 (the
transition period), and the years ended September 30, 1996 and 1995.

        The Company's Instrumentation and Test Equipment Sector business is
conducted solely by CXR and therefore its results of operations are not included
in the results of operations for the three months ended December 31, 1996 or the
years ended September 30, 1996 and 1995.

                                     -32-
<PAGE>


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997 VERSUS FISCAL YEAR ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 1996

        The following discussion relates to the comparison of the results of
operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 1997 ("Fiscal 1997") versus
the twelve months ended September 30, 1996 ("Fiscal 1996"), excluding the
results of CXR which are discussed separately below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               FISCAL 1997                   FISCAL 1996
                                                               -----------                   -----------
                                               CONSOLIDATED       CXR        COMPARATIVE
                                               ------------       ---        -----------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
          <S>                                  <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>

          Net sales                              $ 43,098       $ 15,054       $ 28,044       $ 31,249
          Cost of sales                            32,670          8,735         23,935         23,057
                                                 --------       --------       --------       --------
          Gross profit                             10,428          6,319          4,109          8,192
          Selling expense                           5,201          2,562          2,639          2,409
          General & administrative                  6,160          1,196          4,964          3,970
          Engineering & product development         2,046          1,797            249            309
          Write-down of goodwill                    5,693          4,000          1,693              _
          Interest expense                            895            110            785            507
          Other expense (income)                       29            106            (77)          (108)
          Income taxes                                 97              6             91             22
                                                 --------       --------       --------       --------
          Net income (loss)                      $ (9,693)      $ (3,458)      $ (6,235)      $  1,083
                                                 --------       --------       --------       --------
                                                 --------       --------       --------       --------
</TABLE>

NET SALES

        Net sales for Fiscal 1997 declined by $3,205,000 or 10.3% from Fiscal
1996. This decline was comprised of lower sales for the Company's Circuits
Sector of $3,019,000 and a decrease in the sales for the Components Sectors of
$186,000. The decrease for Fiscal 1997 in the Circuits Sector was comprised of
an increase in Sector sales of $2,212,000 due to the inclusion of Etch Tek's
operations for the entire twelve months in Fiscal 1997 versus five months in
Fiscal 1996 subsequent to its acquisition on May 1, 1996, and a decline in sales
for the remainder of the Sector of $5,231,000 which primarily occurred in the
XCEL Arnold subsidiary. This latter decline was due principally to lower demand
from the major customer of the group, Motorola. Lower demand in the first
quarter of 1997 was based on reduced customer requirements and the effects on
the Sector were compounded by an inability to ship the orders received as a
result of material sourcing problems caused by cash flow constraints during the
same quarter. Although it is believed that customer requirements increased in
the second quarter of 1997, the Sector continued to experience lower demand due
to order cutbacks by Motorola resulting from the previous shipment performance
problems.

        The decrease in net sales in the Components Sector was the net result of
an increase in Sector sales of $4,248,000 due to the inclusion of the operating
results of XCEL Power Systems, Ltd ("XPS") for the entire twelve months in 1997
versus one month in Fiscal 1996 subsequent to its acquisition on September 1,
1996 which was more than offset by: (i) the loss in July 1996 of a major account
for display monitors, (ii) a significant digital switch program in place in the
first half of 1996 which did not repeat in 1997 and (iii) a general decline in
sector product sales due to the aging of related customer programs.

GROSS PROFIT


                                      -33-

<PAGE>

        The composition of consolidated gross profit by business sector and the
percentages of related net sales (in parentheses) for Fiscal 1997 and Fiscal
1996 are as follows.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           FISCAL 1997                 FISCAL 1996
                                           -----------                 -----------
                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>

Circuits Sector                      $  1,246      (7.9)%        $  3,570    (18.9)%
Components Sector                       2,863     (23.4)%           4,622    (37.3)%
                                      -------                      ------
Total Gross Profit                   $  4,109     (14.7)%        $  8,192    (26.2)%
                                      -------                      ------
                                      -------                      ------
</TABLE>

        Consolidated gross profit, as a percentage of sales, declined from 26.2%
in Fiscal 1996 to 14.7% in Fiscal 1997 as the result of decreases in gross
profit of 11.0 and 13.9 percentage point decreases in gross profit percentage
for the Circuits and Components Sectors, respectively. The decrease for the
Components Sector was the combined result of (i) the lower sales volume, net of
the inclusion of XPS, for the reasons noted above and the consequential decline
in absorption of the Company's fixed manufacturing costs, and (ii) higher than
average margins on a Fiscal 1996 digital switch program that did not repeat in
Fiscal 1997. The decline in gross profit for the Circuits Sector was caused by
higher costs for XCEL Arnold's product sales due to the lower absorption of
fixed manufacturing costs related to declining sales levels and manufacturing
inefficiencies from a product mix change to higher technical content circuit
boards, and despite improved margins at Etch-Tek in Fiscal 1997 over those
achieved in Fiscal 1996.

OPERATING EXPENSES

        Operating expenses (selling, general and administrative; engineering and
product development; and write-down of goodwill) increased by approximately
$2,857,000 from $6,688,000 in Fiscal 1996 to $9,545,000 Fiscal 1997. The primary
component of this change was a write-down of goodwill of $1,693,000 (see Note 11
to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein). This
write-down resulted from the Company's reassessment of the anticipated impact of
current industry and economic factors on the Company's operations. Net
realizable value was based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows from the
related assets. Selling expenses as a percentage of sales increased from 7.7% in
Fiscal 1996 to 9.4% in Fiscal 1997, despite the fact that they include
significant commissions and are therefore largely variable. The increase was due
to a higher mix of house account to manufacturer's representative sales,
principally in the second quarter of 1996 versus the second quarter of 1997, and
to the effects on the 1997 percentage of spreading fixed departmental costs over
the lower sales volume for the year. General and administrative expenses
increased by $994,000 or 25.0% in Fiscal 1997 over Fiscal 1996 as the positive
effects of the streamlining of the administrative structure in the Circuits
Sector in the second half of 1996, which approximated $601,000 for Fiscal 1997,
were more than outweighed by the inclusion of XPS for the entire twelve months
in 1997 versus only one month in 1996 and increased corporate administrative
costs. The latter corporate cost increases relate principally to incremental
legal fees associated with public reporting and integration matters following
and resulting from the merger of XIT and CXR, and secondarily to higher
personnel costs and the implementation of a new computer system in 1997.
Engineering and product development expenses declined by $60,000 from Fiscal
1996 to Fiscal 1997 due principally to an increase in the amount of such costs
billable to specific contracts.

        Interest expense increased by $278,000 in Fiscal 1997 versus Fiscal 1996
principally reflecting higher average borrowings during the respective periods.
Other expense (income) is principally comprised of foreign currency exchange
gains and losses incurred during the respective periods.

        Income taxes, while nominal in both respective periods, increased
$69,000 resulting from an income tax payable by the Company's U.K. subsidiary
related to debt forgiveness in connection with the XPS subsidiary 

                                      -34-

<PAGE>

acquisition. The Company's domestic income tax obligation primarily consists of 
minimum state tax payments as the Company is in a loss carryforward position for
Federal income tax purposes.

RESULTS OF CXR

        The table following summarizes the incremental results of CXR for Fiscal
1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
        <S>                                     <C>

        Net sales                               $  15,054
                                                 --------
                                                 --------
        Gross profit                            $   6,319
                                                 --------
                                                 --------
        Operating expenses                          5,555
        Write-down of goodwill                      4,000
        Other expenses                                222
                                                 --------
        Net loss                                $   3,458
                                                 --------
                                                 --------
</TABLE>

        CXR's results of operations above consist of the nine months and five
days ended December 31, 1997 subsequent to the merger on March 26, 1997. CXR's
results of operations for Fiscal 1997, shown above include net earnings of
$105,000 on net sales of $500,000 for the five day period ended March 31, 1997,
including amortization of goodwill originating in the merger of $5,000. For the
entire three months ended March 31, 1997, however, CXR incurred a net loss of
$1,904,000 on net sales of $3,496,000. Included in these quarterly results prior
to March 26, 1997, CXR incurred certain significant charges as follows: (i)
$462,000 of compensation expense related to certain officers and directors whose
corporate capacities would terminate or change at the date of the merger with
XIT and (ii) $287,000 of asset write-downs and severance costs related to the
reassessment of the impact on asset realizable values and certain cutbacks in
personnel, respectively, necessitated by the continuing sluggishness of its
business volume. These charges directly impacted the net loss of CXR for the
quarter as there are no tax effects because CXR is in a net operating loss
carryforward position. Even considering these charges, CXR's results for the
first quarter of 1997 exhibited a significant deterioration from the first
quarter of 1996, in which it incurred a net loss of $715,000 on net sales of
$4,134,000. This deterioration resulted from the continuing and worsening impact
on CXR of the industry and economic factors discussed below.

        Through the majority of 1997, domestic sales for CXR were generally
negatively impacted by delays in purchasing by its principal customers, as a
result of the consolidation and/or restructuring of these companies in the wake
of the passage of the Telecommunications Bill of 1996. One notable exception was
the receipt in April 1997 of an order totaling $2,340,000 from AT&T for
customized test instruments. European sales of CXR, S.A. were negatively
impacted by a decline in sales to France Telecom during its pre-privatization
reorganization and a generally weak French economy in which unemployment
currently remains at peak levels. Additionally, sales for both operating
subsidiaries have been negatively impacted by the rapid obsolescence of the
analog-based components of their product lines, particularly older transmission
products and further, both sales and margins have been impacted by extreme price
competition for transmission products in general.

        Compared to the first quarter of 1997, CXR's results improved
significantly in the second, third and fourth quarters as the result of
substantially increased net sales, a favorable impact on margins resulting from
the shipment of a high-margin product on an order received from AT&T in April
1997, and the positive effects of personnel cutbacks made in the first quarter.
Of the total AT&T order of $2,340,000, CXR Telcom shipped approximately
$241,000, $650,000 and $1,449,000 in the second, third and fourth quarters,
respectively. As a result of declining demand for certain of its test
instruments, the aging of its transmission product line and other 

                                      -35-

<PAGE>

economic and market factors, the Company wrote down the carrying value of the 
goodwill originating from the reverse acquisition with XIT to its net 
realizable value (see Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
included elsewhere herein). Exclusive of the write-down of goodwill, for the 
full twelve month period ended December 31, 1997, CXR incurred a net loss of 
$1,862,000 on net sales of $18,050,000 versus a net loss of $4,597,000 on net 
sales of $16,303,000 in the same period of 1996.

        Although not necessarily indicative of the results that would have
occurred or of results which may occur in the future, a summary of the unaudited
pro forma results as if the merger had taken place at the beginning of 1997 is
presented in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere
herein.

YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 VERSUS YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995

NET SALES

        Consolidated net sales grew by $11,647,000 or 59.4% in 1996 over 1995.
The growth in sales was due in large part to the net effects of acquisition and
disposition activity during the respective periods. The table below depicts the
composition of consolidated net sales by business sector, separately identifying
operations which were acquired or disposed of during the two-year period ended
September 30, 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1996                   1995
                                                     ----                   ----
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>                    <C>

CIRCUITS SECTOR
XCEL Arnold (acquired 8/1/95)                    $   13,586             $    2,827
Etch-Tek (acquired 5/1/96)                            1,648                     --
Other                                                 3,632                  3,165
                                                  ---------              ---------
                                                     18,866                  5,992
                                                  ---------              ---------
COMPONENTS SECTOR
Computron (disposed of 5/31/95)                         --                   2,905
XCMD (established 5/95)                                 365                    343
XPS (acquired 9/1/96)                                   328                     --
Other                                                11,690                 10,362
                                                  ---------              ---------
                                                     12,383                 13,610
                                                  ---------              ---------
Total Sales                                      $   31,249             $   19,602
                                                  ---------              ---------
                                                  ---------              ---------
</TABLE>

        Net sales in 1996 for the Circuits Sector increased by $12,874,000 or
214.9% and net sales for the Components Sector declined by $1,227,000 or 9% from
the respective sales levels in 1995 The growth in Circuits Sector sales was
comprised principally of the incremental sales of $12,407,000 from the inclusion
in 1996 of XCEL Arnold's full year results, versus two months in 1995, and five
months of operations for Etch-Tek. The remaining growth of $467,000 was
comprised of market share gains primarily by HyComp. The sales volume for XCEL
Arnold for 1996 of $13,586,000 was lower than that expected by annualizing the
two months' sales of $2,827,000 in 1995, due not only to normal seasonal
softness in the circuits industry in the last calendar quarter of each year, but
also to a significant decline in product demand from its major customer,
Motorola. Sales for XCEL Arnold in 1996 declined by approximately $1,008,000
from its sales for the entire year ended September 30, 1995, including the two
months its operations were included in the Company's consolidated results.

        The decline in net sales in 1996 for the Components Sector was the net
result of the loss of revenues from Computron, which had sales of $2,905,000 in
1995 prior to its disposal, being partially offset by the incremental 

                                      -36-

<PAGE>

sales from the acquisition of XPS in 1996 of $328,000 and sales gains by the 
other Sector operations of $1,350,000. The sales gains for the other Sector 
operations in 1996 were comprised of (i) an increase in sales of XCEL-Lite 
display monitors of approximately $1,177,000, principally to the Sector's one 
major account for this product line, and (ii) a net improvement in sales for 
other Sector products of $173,000. The latter improvement was also the 
combined result of several factors, with a general decline in sales in the 
Sector's Asian markets due to price competition being more than offset by an 
increase in sales in the Sector's U.S. and European markets due principally 
to a favorable product mix shift to higher priced digital switches than those 
sold in 1995.

GROSS PROFIT

        The composition of consolidated gross profit by business sector and the
percentages of related net sales (in parentheses) are as follows for the years
ended September 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1996                         1995
                                              ----                         ----
                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                <C>              <C>         <C>           <C>

Circuits Sector                    $  3,570         (18.9%)     $  1,445        (24.1%)
Components Sector                     4,622         (37.3%)        3,825        (28.1%)
                                    -------                       ------
Total Gross Profit                 $  8,192         (26.2%)     $  5,27         (26.9%)
                                    -------                       ------
                                    -------                       ------
</TABLE>

        Consolidated gross profit as a percentage of sales declined by 0.7% from
26.9% in 1995 to 26.2% in 1996, as the effects of a 9.2 percentage point
improvement in gross profit percentage for the Components Sector was more than
offset by the effects of a 5.2 percentage point decline for the Circuits Sector
due to the Circuits Sector's greater weighting in the consolidated sales mix.
The improvement for the Components Sector was the combined result of: (i) the
favorable product mix shift to higher priced (and higher margin) switches noted
above under Net Sales; (ii) improved absorption of fixed manufacturing costs and
material pricing resulting from the increase in sales and production of
XCEL-Lite monitors; (iii) relatively higher margins for products sold by Abbott
(acquired in 1996), than those historically achieved for Sector products; and
(iv) the inclusion in 1995 of product sales by Computron, prior to its
disposition, at lower margins than the average for the Sector. The decline in
gross profit for the Circuits Sector was caused by higher costs for Arnold
Circuits' product sales due to the underabsorption of fixed manufacturing costs
related to declining sales levels and manufacturing inefficiencies from a
product mix change to higher technical content circuit boards, and relatively
lower margins on 1996 Etch-Tek product sales, after its acquisition, than
historically achieved by the Sector.

                                      -37-
<PAGE>

OPERATING EXPENSES

        Operating expenses for the years ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 were
comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1996                    1995
                                                    ----                    ----
<S>                                              <C>                     <C>

Commissions                                      $   1,438               $     517
Other selling                                          971                     974
                                                  --------                --------
Total selling expense                                2,409                   1,491
General & administrative expense                     3,970                   3,379
                                                  --------                --------
Total selling, general & administrative          $   6,379               $   4,870
                                                  --------                --------
                                                  --------                --------
Engineering & product development                $     309               $     328
                                                  --------                --------
                                                  --------                --------
</TABLE>

        Total selling expense as a percentage of net sales was 7.7% and 7.6% for
the years ended September 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Commissions as a
percentage of sales increased from 2.6% in 1995 to 4.6% in 1996 as a result of
and in direct relation to the increase in Circuits Sector sales. In contrast to
Components Sector sales which are primarily achieved through direct selling,
substantially all Circuits Sector sales are made through manufacturer
representatives. Other selling expense, which consists of sales and marketing
departmental costs, was comparable between 1996 and 1995, with the incremental
costs of acquired operations being offset by the elimination of Computron's
costs after its disposal in May 1995.

        General and administrative expense increased by $591,000 in 1996 versus
1995. Excluding the incremental effects of acquired operations net of the
disposal of Computron of $836,000 and $439,000 in 1996 and 1995, respectively,
general and administrative expense declined by $245,000 in 1996 versus 1995.
This decline was the combined result of reversals of accruals of $399,000
related to the favorable disposition in 1996 of certain long-disputed
administrative costs, offset by a general increase of $154,000 in administrative
expense levels, principally in personnel costs.

        Engineering and product development costs originated solely from the
research and product development activities of HyComp in 1996 and 1995 and were
relatively comparable between the periods.

OTHER INCOME AND EXPENSE

        The increase in interest expense of $102,000 in 1996 compared to 1995
resulted principally from increased average borrowings during the respective
periods. Fluctuations in other income, net resulted principally from differences
in foreign currency exchange gains and losses incurred during the respective
periods. Other income in 1995 also included the gain on the sale of the
Computron Division of $480,000.

INCOME TAXES

        Income taxes are nominal in the respective periods as the Company is in
a net operating loss carryforward position for U.S. Federal tax purposes, as
well as in most foreign jurisdictions.


                                      -38-

<PAGE>

THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 VERSUS THREE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1995

EFFECTS OF ACQUISITIONS ON THE THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

        The consolidated results of operations for the three months ended
December 31, 1996 include the results of operations of two companies acquired
since December 31, 1995. They include the full quarterly results of both
Etch-Tek, a manufacturer of printed circuit boards acquired on May 1, 1996, and
XPS, a British manufacturer of power supplies acquired on September 1, 1996. The
table below separates the results of the acquired entities from the consolidated
totals for the three months ended December 31, 1996 in order to provide a more
meaningful basis for a comparative discussion of these results versus the three
months ended December 31, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                          1996                           1995
                                                          ----                           ----
                                       CONSOLIDATED    ACQUISITIONS   COMPARATIVE
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                     <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>


Net sales                               $   7,886       $   2,200      $   5,686      $   6,796
Cost of sales                               6,680           1,668          5,012          5,073
                                         --------        --------       --------       --------
Gross profit                                1,206             532            674          1,723
Selling expense                               556             105            451            554
General & administrative                    1,260             425            835            817
Engineering & product development              69              --             69             76
Interest expense                              183              72            111             98
Other expense (income)                         13              (1)            14             27
Income taxes                                   30              --             30             --
                                         --------       ---------      ---------      ---------
Net income (loss)                       $    (905)      $     (69)     $    (836)     $     151
                                         --------       ---------      ---------      ---------
                                         --------       ---------      ---------      ---------
</TABLE>

        As can be seen from the table, the consolidated results of operations
for the three months ended December 31, 1996 were significantly impacted by the
results of the acquired companies. Net sales, gross profit, and operating
expenses (selling, general and administrative, and engineering and product
development) of these companies represented 27.9%, 44.1%, and 28.1%,
respectively, of the consolidated totals.

        The table following summarizes by company the incremental results
related to the acquired companies for the three months ended December 31, 1996
(in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       ETCH-TEK             XPS               TOTAL
<S>                                    <C>               <C>                <C>

Net sales                              $   1,013         $   1,187          $   2,200
                                        --------         ---------          ---------
                                        --------         ---------          ---------
Gross profit                           $     124         $     408          $     532
                                        --------         ---------          ---------
                                        --------         ---------          ---------
Operating expenses                           182               348                530
Interest expense                              16                56                 72
Other expense (income)                        (1)               --                 (1)
                                        --------         ---------          ---------
Net income (loss)                      $     (73)        $       4          $     (69)
                                        --------         ---------          ---------
                                        --------         ---------          ---------
</TABLE>



                                        -39-

<PAGE>

COMPARATIVE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 VERSUS
THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

        The following discussion relates to the comparison of the results of
operations for the three months ended December 31, 1996, excluding the results
of the acquired companies, to the results for the same period of the prior year
(see the first table above under Effects of Acquisitions on the Three Months
Ended December 31, 1996).

        Net sales for the three months ended December 31, 1996 declined by
$1,110,000 or 16.3% from those in the same period of the prior year. The decline
was principally in the Components Sector, whose sales declined $1,183,000 or
37%. Approximately $640,000 of the decline in the Components Sector's sales was
due to the loss of a major account for display monitors, and the remaining
decline resulted principally from the timing of orders from a significant
subsystem assembly customer.

        Gross profit, as a percentage of sales, declined from 25.4% in the three
months ended December 31, 1995 to 11.9% for the three months ended December 31,
1996. This decline was the combined result of (i) the lower sales volume for the
Components Sector noted above and the consequential decline in absorption of
fixed manufacturing costs and (ii) manufacturing inefficiencies incurred by the
Circuits Sector because of a product mix change to higher technical content
circuit boards.

        Operating expenses (selling, general and administrative, and engineering
and product development) decreased by $92,000 in total from $1,447,000 in the
three months ended December 31, 1995 to $1,355,000 in the three months ended
December 31, 1996. Selling expense, as a percentage of sales, was 7.9% in 1996
versus 8.2% in 1995. Selling expense consists principally of commissions for
Circuits Sector sales and fixed departmental costs for Components Sector sales.
The decrease in percentage in 1996 is consequently due to the decline in sales
for the Components Sector noted above. General and administrative and
engineering and product development expenses were relatively comparable between
the periods. The apparent flat level of general and administrative expenses,
however, was the combined result of the positive effects in 1996 of the
streamlining of the administrative structure in the Circuits Sector being offset
by the inclusion in 1995 of a reversal of an accrual of $176,000 related to the
favorable disposition of certain long-disputed administrative costs.

        Interest expense increased by only $13,000, as a result of significantly
higher average borrowings in 1996 being mitigated by lower interest rates due to
the refinancing of the Company's bank facilities in January 1996. Other expense
(income), net is principally comprised of foreign currency exchange gains and
losses incurred during the respective periods, and in 1996, includes the
Company's portion of a loss in a real estate partnership of $5,000.

        Income taxes are nominal in the respective periods as the Company is in
a loss carryforward position for Federal income tax purposes.


                                      -40-

<PAGE>

SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 VERSUS JUNE 30, 1997

        Net sales for the first six months of 1998 decreased by approximately 
$1,020,000 or 5% from those in the same period of the prior year and was 
comprised of: (i) a decline in net sales of the Company's Circuits sector of 
approximately $3,630,000, of which approximately $3,180,000 resulted from the 
inclusion of the operating results of XACI for the entire period in 1997 
versus only the first three months of the first half of 1998 as a result of 
the sale of XACI which was effective as of March 31, 1998; (ii) a decrease in 
net sales of the Company's Components sector of approximately $760,000; and 
(iii) an increase in net sales for the Company's Test Equipment sector of 
$3,370,000 resulting from the inclusion of CXR for the entire six month 
period of 1998 versus only three months and five days during the first half 
of 1997 as a result of the Merger. For the first six months of 1998, CXR 
experienced an increase in net sales of approximately $375,000 over the same 
period in 1997.

        Gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, increased from 24% in the 
first six months of 1997 to 30% in the same period in 1998. This increase 
resulted primarily from the inclusion of the operating results of CXR for the 
entire six month period in 1998 versus three months and five days during the 
first six months of 1997. In the first half of 1998, CXR contributed 
approximately $3,590,000 or 64% of the Company's total gross profit compared 
with $2,220,000 or 47% in the first half of 1997. Gross profit, as a 
percentage of net sales, in the Company's Circuits and Components sectors 
remained essentially constant from the first half of 1997 to 1998 but 
decreased by approximately $480,000 resulting from the decrease in net sales 
in both sectors as noted above.

        Operating expenses (selling, general and administrative, and 
engineering and product development) increased $712,000 from $6,347,000 in 
the first six months of 1997 to $7,059,000 in the same period of 1998. The 
principal element of this increase was the inclusion of the operating results 
of CXR for the entire six month period in 1998 versus three months and five 
days during the first six months of 1997 partially offset by the absence of 
such expenses in the second quarter of 1998 relating to XACI, subsequent to 
its sale. Specifically, selling expenses experienced a net increase of 
approximately $560,000 in the first half of 1998 over 1997, primarily as the 
result of an increase of approximately $890,000 attributable to the inclusion 
of CXR, a decrease of approximately $310,000 resulting from the absence of 
XACI due to its sale and a net decrease of $20,000 attributable to normal 
minor fluctuations. The increase in general and administrative expense 
attributable to the inclusion of CXR for the entire six month period in 1998 
was substantially offset by the reduction in such expenses resulting from the 
sale of XACI. Engineering and product development expenses increased 
approximately $350,000 in 1998 from 1997, substantially all of which was 
attributable to the inclusion of CXR for the full six month period in 1998.

        Selling expenses as a percentage of sales for the Circuits sector 
were substantially the same in the first six months of 1998 compared to the 
same period in 1997 while such expenses increased from 4.8% to 7.6% of net 
sales from 1997 to 1998 for the Components sector and from 18% to 21% for the 
Test Equipment sector as a result of spreading relatively fixed selling costs 
over lower net sales. General and administrative expenses decreased 
approximately $200,000 in the first six months of 1998 compared with the same 
period in 1997 principally as a result of a decrease in such expenses for the 
Components sector resulting from reductions in such costs across the entire 
sector, but most significantly in the United Kingdom operations which reduced 
staffing and facilities expenses during the second half of 1997. Excluding 
XACI, general and administrative expenses for the Circuits sector increased 
only $23,000 but increased as a percentage of net sales from 7% in the first 
six months of 1997 to 10% in the same period in 1998 as a direct result of 
the decline in net sales for the sector. In the Components Sector, general 
and administrative expenses decreased by approximately $590,000 and also 
decreased as a percentage of net sales from 18% in the first six months of 
1997 compared to 10% for the same period in 1998 as the sector's operating 
companies in the United


                                     -41-
<PAGE>

Kingdom and Japan decreased personnel and facility costs as noted above. 
Corporate administrative costs increased for the first six months of 1998 
increased by approximately $130,000 over the same period in 1997 resulting 
principally from audit and tax return preparation expenses associated with 
the change in the Company's fiscal year-end.

        Interest expense decreased by $116,000 in the first six months of 
1998 versus the same period in 1997 reflecting lower average borrowings 
during the 1998 period. Other income (expense) is principally comprised of 
foreign currency exchange gains and losses incurred during the respective 
periods.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

        Cash provided by (used in) operations was $(2,260,000), $(1,668,000), 
$(564,000), $789,000 and $310,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1998, the 
year ended December 31, 1997, the three months ended December 31, 1996 and 
the years ended September 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The principal 
non-cash items contributing to these cash flows are: (i) the write-down of 
goodwill in Fiscal 1997 of $5,693,000; (ii) the provision for obsolete 
inventory of $3,134,000 in Fiscal 1997; and (iii) depreciation and 
amortization which was $312,000, $923,000, $209,000, $589,000 and $278,000 in 
the respective periods, with the increasing trend due principally to acquired 
operations, partially offset by the sale of XCEL Arnold during 1998. The 
substantial increase in cash used in operations in Fiscal 1997 versus the 
cash provided by operations in Fiscal 1996 is the result of a decline in 
results from operations, principally at XCEL Arnold, and the elongation of 
accounts payable due to cash flow constraints. The increase in cash provided 
by operations of $479,000 in 1996 versus 1995 was due principally to the 
positive effects of the improvement in results of operations, the increase in 
depreciation and amortization, and the inclusion in 1995 of the non-cash gain 
on the sale of Computron, offset by a decrease in accrued expenses in 1996 
related principally to the accrual reversals discussed above under Results of 
Operations.

        In the first quarter of 1997, the Company reduced its inventory 
levels and elongated its payables cycle due to lack of available borrowings. 
In the second quarter of 1997, the Company further reduced its inventories to 
respond to the decline in business volume and used a portion of the proceeds 
of a private equity placement (discussed below) to pay down the aging 
payables and to repay its related party borrowings. The increase in accounts 
receivable which resulted principally from CXR's increased business volume in 
the second quarter was also financed by the proceeds of the private 
placement. In the third quarter of 1997, the Company borrowed $375,000 from a 
related party to assist in financing the production of accelerating orders 
from Motorola.

        Cash used in operations of $564,000 in the three months ended 
December 31, 1996 resulted from the decline in results of operations, coupled 
with changes in working capital management during the period. During the 
three months ended December 31, 1996, the Company had reduced inventory 
levels and elongated its payables cycle due to cash flow constraints.

        In the first half of 1996, the Company had refinanced its bank 
borrowings on more favorable terms and had obtained a $750,000 bank term loan 
secured by the assets of Etch-Tek, acquired on May 1, 1996. The net proceeds 
of these borrowings were used principally for the cash consideration paid for 
the Etch-Tek acquisition and to pay down older accounts payable. Subsequently 
in the first half of 1996, the Company used the trade credit availability 
from paying down the accounts payable to fund the increase in accounts 
receivable and inventories accompanying the growth during the period.

        Cash used for the acquisitions of Arnold Circuits in 1995 and 
Etch-Tek in 1996 was obtained from additional bank borrowings, 
collaterallized by their assets, and the acquisition of XPS in 1996 was 
financed by cash from operations. Proceeds from the sale of Computron were 
used principally to retire bank debt. The


                                     -42-
<PAGE>

Company's investment in and loan to a real estate partnership in December 
1996 (see Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere 
herein) was financed by a $100,000 loan from its partner as to the investment 
and a bank loan of $750,000 as to the loan to the partnership.

        Capital expenditures were $178,000, $424,000, $155,000, $786,000, and 
$94,000 in the six months ended June 30, 1998, the year ended December 31, 
1997, the three months ended December 31, 1996 and the years ended September 
30, 1996 and 1995, respectively, with the substantial increase in fiscal 1996 
and the three months ended December 31, 1996 due principally to purchases by 
the capital intensive Circuits Sector. There are currently no formal 
commitments for future capital expenditures.

        In April 1997, the Company sold 2,000,000 investment units at $2.50 
per unit (the "Placement"). The units consist of one share of common stock 
and one quarter of a warrant to purchase one share of common stock. The 
warrants have an exercise price of $3.45. The proceeds to the Company were 
$4,258,000 (net of $600,000 of commissions and $142,000 for other expenses). 
In connection with this transaction, 200,000 warrants were issued to the 
placement agents at an exercise price of $2.66. The proceeds of the Placement 
alleviated the then most immediate cash flow problems of the Company, 
however, as a result of continued losses from operations during the remainder 
of Fiscal 1997, primarily at XCEL Arnold, the Company's cash flow continued 
to be constrained.

        All of the Company's banking facilities are asset-based borrowing 
arrangements, with substantially all availability borrowed at any given time. 
Further, as discussed in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
included elsewhere herein, the bank lines of credit for XIT were renewed on 
July 22, 1997 (the "XIT Debt") with more favorable advance rates against 
related collateralized assets and with less restrictive financial covenants. 
Due principally to continued losses at XCEL Arnold during the remainder of 
1997 (following renewal of the lines of credit noted above), XIT was not in 
compliance with certain financial covenants from December 31, 1997 through 
June 30, 1998. Although the bank did not waive compliance with such debt 
covenants, it entered into a forbearance agreement with the Company in which 
it agreed to forbear from exercising its rights under the terms of the XIT 
Debt agreement provided certain events occurred, principally the consummation 
of the sale of XCEL Arnold (see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements included elsewhere herein) and the Company obtaining a replacement 
credit facility. As noted above, XCEL Arnold was sold effective March 31, 
1998 and on July 8, 1998, the Company finalized a $10.5 million credit 
facility with a commercial asset-based lender which provided a term loan of 
approximately $1.5 million and a revolving line of credit of up to $8 million 
based upon assets available from either existing or future-acquired 
operations, of which the Company has utilized approximately $4 million, and a 
capital equipment expenditure credit line of up to $1 million. This credit 
facility replaced the existing credit facilities of the Company's domestic 
operating companies, which included the XIT Debt and CXR Telcom Corporation's 
line of credit, both of which were paid in full at the closing, and provides 
expanded borrowing capability based upon available assets.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements contained 
elsewhere in this report have been prepared assuming the Company will 
continue as a going concern. During the six months ended June 30, 1998, the 
year ended December 31, 1997 and the three months ended December 31, 1996, 
the Company experienced significant operating losses and had negative cash 
flow from operations. As noted above, for the first six months of 1998, the 
Company was in default of the XIT Debt agreement although this default was 
eliminated as a result of the termination of the XIT Debt on July 8, 1998 as 
noted above. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's 
ability to continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements 
do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this 
uncertainty. Although management has been successful in obtaining working 
capital to fund operations to date, there can be no assurance that the 
Company will be able to generate additional capital in the future.


                                     -43-
<PAGE>

        While the Company was profitable for the fiscal year ended September 
30, 1996 and had cash flow from operations of $789,000, during the year ended 
December 31, 1997 and the three months ended December 31, 1996, the Company 
experienced significant operating losses and had negative cash flows from 
operations of $1,668,000 and $564,000, respectively. During the year ended 
December 31, 1997 and the three months ended December 31, 1996, XCEL Arnold 
had negative cash flows from operations of approximately $2,131,000 and 
$419,000, respectively, requiring the Company to invest capital to support 
the operating losses and working capital needs of XCEL Arnold. Consequently, 
the Company sold XCEL Arnold in 1998 (see Note 17 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements included elsewhere herein).

        Also during 1997, the Company developed a corporate finance strategy 
designed to obtain an expanded and consolidated domestic credit facility to 
provide substantial additional working capital and replace the Company's 
existing fragmented and limited domestic debt structure. The strategy also 
included additional equity financing and the potential sale of one of the 
Company's profitable but non-strategic subsidiaries.

        In conjunction with the foregoing strategy, in June 1998, the Company 
sold 50 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock (the "Preferred 
Shares") at $10,000 per share to one institutional investor. On July 8, 1998, 
the Company sold an additional 150 Preferred Shares at the same per share 
price to two other institutional investors. Included with the sale of such 
Preferred Shares were a total of one million warrants to purchase the 
Company's common stock exercisable at $1.25 per share and expiring May 22, 
2001. The unaudited proforma June 30, 1998 balance sheet information 
presented elsewhere herein has been prepared to reflect the Company's 
financial position assuming the Preferred Shares transactions which were 
completed in July 1998 had occurred as of June 30, 1998. In total, the 
Company received net proceeds of approximately $1,847,000 after deduction of 
commissions and transaction-related expenses and utilized such proceeds for 
working capital. The Preferred Shares are convertible into the common stock 
of the Company (see Note 7 to the Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements 
included elsewhere in this report).

        While the Company has been successful in implementing much of its 
strategy, specific needs for and timing of any subsequent financing 
arrangements will depend upon results of operations, acquisition 
opportunities, and other unforeseen factors which cannot presently be 
predicted. There can be no assurance that such financing arrangements will 
either be available or be available on terms and conditions acceptable to the 
Company. If available, any additional equity financing arrangements may be 
dilutive to the Company's stockholders and any debt financing may contain 
restrictive covenants and additional debt service requirements which could 
adversely affect the Company's operating results.

        Finally, management has developed and is implementing plans to 
increase product pricing where feasible, reduce certain existing cost 
structures, improve operating efficiencies and strengthen the Company's 
operating infrastructure, all of which have begun to have a positive impact 
on results of operations.

        There are three significant legal proceedings pending against the 
Company (see "Legal Proceedings" and Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements included elsewhere herein). Management believes that the outcome 
of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the financial 
position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

        The Company continues to assess the impact, if any, of the Year 2000 
issue on its computer applications and operating systems, equipment which 
uses embedded software, its products and interactions with third parties in 
order to determine the Company's state of readiness; costs to address the 
Company's Year 2000 issues; risks of the Company's Year 2000 issues; and any 
necessary contingency plans. Certain of the Company's telephone test and 
transmission software-driven products utilize computer calendar/clock data 
and are presently Year 2000 compliant. Additionally, information regarding 
available upgrades necessary enable previous versions of such


                                     -44-
<PAGE>

products to be made Year 2000 compliant have been made available to 
purchasers. The majority of the products produced by the Company do not 
utilize computer calendar/clock data and consequently have no potential Year 
2000 issue.

        At certain of its domestic facilities, the Company is currently 
installing accounting and operations management computer applications which 
are Year 2000 compliant and which operate on computer operating systems which 
are also Year 2000 compliant. The Company estimates that the completion of 
its conversion to such computer systems will occur in early 1999. The Company 
did not initiate such changes in application and operating software systems 
in order to accommodate the Year 2000 issue but rather to upgrade and enhance 
its management information systems capability. As a part of its selection 
criteria, the Company considered the impact of the Year 2000 issue.

        The Company is currently developing assessment processes to finalize 
its review of internal Year 2000 issues and expects to shortly begin an 
evaluation of any potential Year 2000 issues related to third parties. While 
the Company currently believes that the impact of the Year 2000 issue will 
not have a material effect on the Company's operations or financial 
condition, its assessment of this issue is not yet complete and therefore 
uncertainty exists as to whether material Year 2000 issues exist.

EFFECTS OF INFLATION

        The impact of inflation and changing prices has not been significant 
on the financial condition or results of operations of either the Company or 
its various operating subsidiaries.

OUTLOOK FOR THE COMPANY

        From the Merger at the end of March 1997 through early July 1998, the 
Company directed its attention to stabilizing its financial condition and 
improving its operating results. In addition, during the second half of 1997 
and the first quarter of 1998, the Company expended considerable management 
time and effort to divest itself of the XCEL Arnold operation which, due to 
its substantial operating losses, severely constricted the Company's cash 
position. The Company's failure to maintain the requisite financial position 
and consequential default on its major bank debt financing agreement, which 
was eliminated in early July by the consolidated credit facility referenced 
above, resulted principally from the operating losses incurred at XCEL 
Arnold. The time and effort to manage that situation coupled with efforts to 
obtain a replacement credit facility absorbed considerable management 
attention. Nonetheless, with two exceptions, all operating units experienced 
positive operating income, before interest and miscellaneous 
expense/(income), in the second quarter of 1998. Additionally, the Company 
added $1.8 million in cash from the private equity placement referenced 
above. Although there can be no assurances, the Company intends to raise 
additional working capital through the sale of its non-strategic, profitable 
subsidiaries, the sale of the property in which it owns a 50% interest, or 
both. The Company believes these achievements position it to continue to 
improve its operating results during the remainder of 1998.

        The Company's overall strategy is to expand its Test Equipment sector 
through the acquisition and/or development of new products, product lines 
and/or separate operating companies while concurrently continuing to evaluate 
existing lower-margin or loss operations elsewhere throughout the Company, 
with a view toward divestment so as to redirect capital to the higher margin 
Test Equipment sector. In addition, the Company will continue to seek to 
maximize short to intermediate term profitability on existing maturing 
product lines in all sectors through price increases and lower operating 
costs. Over the last nine months, the Test Equipment sector in the United 
States market has successfully acquired and integrated the products of a 
state-of-the-art, customer-premises hand-held test equipment manufacturer 
located in St. Charles, Illinois.


                                     -45-
<PAGE>

The acquired products have replaced existing, aged products and, in a short 
period of time, have become a significant portion of the net sales of the CXR 
US operation. Production of this product line has been transferred to and 
consolidated with the CXR Telcom facility in Fremont, California and the St. 
Charles facility has been repositioned as an engineering, R&D and customer 
support center. Additionally, the French Test Equipment subsidiary has begun 
to market a broader range of test, transmission and networking products 
sourced through licensing, reseller and other agreements. These actions, in 
conjunction with the reduction of lower margin Circuits sector business and 
the restructured marketing focus in the Components sector on higher margin 
products, has resulted in the Company reducing its net loss in the first 
quarter of 1998 from approximately $950,000 to just over $200,000 in the 
second quarter of 1998. The Company believes continued improvement in 
operating results will continue in the third quarter despite this 
traditionally weak summer period in the Test Equipment sector - particularly 
in Europe- as demand for product in the other sectors remains stable.

        In the US Test Equipment Sector, the recent completion of mergers of 
various Regional Bell Operating Companies is beginning to produce new 
opportunities. The consolidation of Southwest Bell and Pacific Bell now 
appears complete and release of equipment purchases is once again beginning 
to return to traditional levels. Although the NYNEX and Bell Atlantic merger 
had initially created some uncertainty and delayed capital equipment 
purchases, this merger now affords the Company the opportunity to provide the 
combined entity with the Company's newer test equipment products. Domestic 
sales of transmission products are expected to improve with the introduction 
of Remote Access Server products for Internet applications as well as trial 
systems for other transmission products which are currently in place. 
Additionally, in-house efforts are being directed toward developing software 
which will allow the recently acquired test equipment products to be marketed 
in both the Pacific Rim and Latin America.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

        Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosures 
about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS 131") issued 
by the FASB is effective for financial statements with fiscal years beginning 
after December 15, 1997. The new standard requires that public business 
enterprises report certain information about operating segments in complete 
sets of financial statements of the enterprise and in condensed financial 
statements of interim periods issued to shareholders. It also requires that 
public business enterprises report certain information about their products 
and services, the geographic areas in which they operate and their major 
customers. The Company does not expect adoption of SFAS 131 to have a 
material effect on its financial position or results of operations.


                                     -46-
<PAGE>

         Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132, "Employers'
 Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits" ("SFAS 132")
 issued by the FASB is effective for financial statements with fiscal years
 beginning after December 15, 1997 and will require restatement of disclosures
 for earlier periods provided for comparative purposes. SFAS 132 standardizes
 the disclosure requirements for pensions and other postretirement benefits to
 the extent practicable, requires additional information on changes in the
 benefit obligations and fair values of plan assets that will facilitate
 financial analysis, and eliminates certain disclosures that are no longer
 considered useful. The Company has not determined the effect, if any, of
 adoption of SFAS 132 on its financial position or results of operations.


                                     -47-
<PAGE>

                       DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

        The current directors and executive officers of MicroTel are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                AGE      TITLES
- ----                                ---      ------
<S>                                 <C>      <C>
Carmine T. Oliva                    56       Chairman of the Board of
                                             Directors, President and
                                             Chief Executive Officer
David Barrett                       46       Director
Laurence P. Finnegan, Jr.           60       Director
James P. Butler                     50       Chief Financial Officer
Robert Runyon                       72       Secretary and Director
Jack Talan                          72       Director
</TABLE>

        CARMINE T. OLIVA (Class III Director) was appointed Chairman of the 
Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company upon consummation 
of the reverse merger of the Company with XIT Corporation (the "Merger") on 
March 26, 1997. He has been the Chairman, President and Chief Executive 
Officer of XIT since its founding in 1983. From 1980 to 1983, he was Senior 
Vice President and General Manager, ITT Asia Pacific Inc. Prior to that 
position, Mr. Oliva held a number of executive positions with ITT Corporation 
and its subsidiaries over an eleven-year period. Mr. Oliva is the founder of 
XIT. Mr. Oliva attained the rank of Captain in the United States Army and is 
a veteran of the Vietnam War.

        DAVID BARRETT (Class I Director) was appointed as a Director of the 
Company upon consummation of the Merger on March 26, 1997. He has been a 
partner at Baldwin Brothers, Inc., of Marion, Massachusetts, an investment 
advisory firm, since January 1982. He also serves as Chairman of the Finance 
Committee of Tobey Health Systems, Inc., as a member of the Board of Advisors 
of Pell Rodman Venture Partners LP of Boston, Massachusetts; as Trustee and 
Treasurer of Friends Academy and on the Investment Committee of Tabor Academy.

        LAURENCE P. FINNEGAN, JR. (Class II Director) was appointed as a 
Director of the Company upon consummation of the Merger on March 26, 1997. In 
addition to being a director of XIT since 1985, Mr. Finnegan joined XIT as 
its Chief Financial Officer on a part-time basis in 1994. Mr. Finnegan has 
held positions with ITT (1970-74) as controller of several divisions, Narco 
Scientific (1974-1983) as Vice President Finance, Chief Financial Officer and 
Executive Vice President, and Fischer & Porter (1986-1994) as Senior Vice 
President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. Since 1994, he has been a 
principal of Gwyn Allen Partners, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, an executive 
management consulting firm, and President of GA Pipe, Inc., a manufacturing 
company based in Langhorne, Pennsylvania.

        JAMES P. BUTLER was appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Company 
on August 18, 1997. From 1996 to such appointment in 1997, Mr. Butler was the 
Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer of Peritronics Medical, 
Inc., a publicly-traded provider of turnkey clinical computer systems to 
hospitals. From 1995 through 1996, Mr. Butler was the Chief Financial Officer 
of InnoServ Technologies, Inc., a publicly-traded supplier of products and 
services in the high-tech diagnostic imaging marketplace. From 1994 to 1995, 
Mr. Butler was the Chief Financial Officer of InnerSpace, Inc., a public 
company which manufactured and distributed electronic monitoring devices to 
the hospital critical-care environment. From 1989 to 1994, Mr. Butler was the 
Chief Financial Officer of Corus Medical Corporation, a provider of specialty 
blood products and services. Mr. Butler has been a member of the State Bar of 
California since


                                     -48-
<PAGE>

1986.

        ROBERT RUNYON (Class III Director) was appointed as a Director and 
Secretary of the Company upon consummation of the Merger on March 26, 1997. 
He is the owner and principal of Runyon and Associates, a human resources and 
business advisory firm since 1990. Prior to the Merger, Mr. Runyon served XIT 
both as a director and as consultant in the areas of strategy development and 
business planning, organization, human resources, and administrative systems. 
He also consults for companies in environmental products, marine propulsion 
systems and architectural services sectors in these same areas. From 1970 to 
1978, Mr. Runyon held various executive positions with ITT Corporation 
including Vice President, Administration of ITT Grinnell, a manufacturing 
subsidiary of ITT. From 1963 to 1970, Mr. Runyon held executive positions at 
BP Oil including Vice President, Corporate Planning and Administration of BP 
Oil Corporation, and director, organization and personnel for its 
predecessor, Sinclair Oil Corporation. Mr. Runyon was Executive Vice 
President, Human Resources at the Great Atlantic & Pacific Tea Company from 
1978 to 1980.

        JACK TALAN (Class II Director) has been a director of the Company 
since 1995 and was the interim Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of 
MicroTel from November 15, 1996 until the appointment of Mr. Oliva as 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer on March 26, 1997. Since 
March 1993, Mr. Talan has been a Director of World Wide Collectibles, a 
public company which markets a system designed to assure and protect the 
integrity of limited edition collectibles, and was the President of that 
company until his resignation in December 1996. Since 1990, Mr. Talan has 
been the Principal and President of Jack Talan, Inc., a sales and marketing 
consulting company. Additionally, Mr. Talan was the co-founder, major 
shareholder, director and Senior Vice President of Arista Corp., a publisher 
and distributor of educational materials until it was sold in 1985.


                                     -49-
<PAGE>

                            EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The cash compensation paid by the Company during the year ended 
December 31, 1997 to its Chief Executive Officers and other executive 
officers earning salary and bonus exceeding $100,000 is presented in the 
Summary Compensation Table below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Long Term Compensation
                                                                    -------------------------------------
                                    Annual Compensation                       Awards             Payouts
                          ----------------------------------------- ----------------------      ---------
    (a)           (b)          (c)           (d)           (e)           (f)          (g)          (h)          (i)
                                                          Other       Restricted   Securities
Name and                                                  Annual         Stock      Underlying    LTIP      All Other
Principal                                                 Compen-      Awards(s)    Options/     Payouts      Compen-
Position         Year       Salary($)      Bonus($)       sation        ($) (8)     SARs (#)       ($)        sation
- ------------   --------   ------------   -----------   ------------   ----------   ----------   ---------   ----------
<S>           <C>        <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Carmine T.
Oliva, CEO
From            Ended
3/27/97 to     12/31/97        239,364
12/31/97         (1)               (2)          -0-

Jack Talan
CEO, from       Ended
11/15/96 to    12/31/96
3/26/97          (3)               -0-          -0-          10,000          -0-      155,000

Daniel Dror     Ended
CEO until      12/31/96
11/15/96         (4)               -0-          -0-          10,000       15,625        5,000
                Ended
               12/31/95        174,417          -0-                       78,125       25,000              (5) 966,846

Barry
Reifler,
CFO until       Ended
9/17/97        12/31/96        130,233          -0-     (6)  85,000

Henry
Mourad,
President
Until           Ended
3/26/97        12/31/96        150,000          -0-                                    82,000
                Ended
               12/31/95        150,000          -0-                       15,625        5,000

Jacques
Moisset, VP     Ended
(7)            12/31/96        173,106          -0-                                    12,000
                Ended
               12/31/95        181,132          -0-                                    48,000
</TABLE>

(1)  Carmine T. Oliva became Chairman and Chief Executive Officer on 3/26/97,
     upon Jack Talan's resignation concurrent with the merger of the Registrant
     with XIT Corporation.

(2)  Includes the payment in 1997 of $45,333 of voluntarily deferred salary from
     1996.

(3)  Jack Talan became Chairman and Chief Executive Officer on 11/15/96, upon
     Daniel Dror's resignation. At that time, Mr. Talan was authorized $3,000 in
     fees for previous Board service and $2,500 per month in compensation to
     serve as Chairman and Chief Executive. Mr. Talan received both the back
     fees of $3,000 and two months of compensation totaling $5,000 in restricted
     stock issued at a 20% discount to the market on the date of issuance (for a
     value of $10,000).

(4)  The Board of Directors awarded Daniel Dror $144,000 per year beginning July
     1, 1994. In 1994, Mr. Dror received four weeks payment of $11,077 and
     waived the remaining payments. In 1996, Mr. Dror


                                     -50-
<PAGE>

     waived all salary payments.

(5)  Upon his resignation on November 15, 1996, Mr. Dror was awarded a severance
     package which included: (i) 50,000 shares of restricted stock with a market
     value of $118,750; (ii) options to acquire 250,000 shares of common stock
     at an exercise price of $2.375 per share; and, (iii) options to acquire
     300,000 shares of common stock at $.01 per share. The fair market value of
     the two option grants is estimated at $848,096 using the Black-Scholes
     Model as a computation methodology. The Company is currently involved in
     litigation with Mr. Dror in which the Company is seeking, inter alia, to
     rescind the severance package as a result of Mr. Dror's breach of the
     underlying settlement agreement.

(6)  Represents the value of stock issued to Mr. Reifler at his resignation on
     September 19, 1997. Pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, Mr.
     Reifler was issued 30,000 shares of common stock pursuant to a stock option
     Mr. Reifler held and 10,000 shares of common stock pursuant to a restricted
     stock award, the Company deeming such exercise price paid.

(7)  Jacques Moisset is paid in French Francs, which are translated hereon at
     annual average exchange rates.

(8)  At 12/31/97, the number and value of the aggregate restricted stock awards
     for the above named executives Mr. Talan - 5,000 shares valued at $7,500;
     Mr. Dror - 75,000 shares (including those noted in footnote 5 above) valued
     at $112,500; and Mr. Mourad - 5,000 shares valued at $7,500. The shares of
     Messrs. Talan and Mourad vested ratably over three years beginning March
     16, 1995, and Mr. Dror's shares all vested immediately upon his resignation
     on 11/15/96.


                                     -51-
<PAGE>

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

        In 1997, the Company's Board of Directors approved a Long Term 
Incentive Plan - the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1997 Plan") - which 
provides incentive compensation opportunities for officers and other key 
employees in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted 
stock and other forms consistent with the objectives of the 1997 Plan. The 
following two tables depict stock option grants and exercises by named 
executives for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the status of outstanding 
stock options to them at December 31, 1997.

       OPTIONS/SAR GRANTS GRANTED DURING THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         POTENTIAL REALIZED
                                                                          VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                                          ANNUAL RATES OF      ALTERNATIVE TO
                                                                            STOCK PRICE         (F) AND (G):
                                                                          APPRECIATION FOR       GRANT DATE
                      INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                     OPTION TERM             VALUE 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     (A)           (B)            (C)           (D)           (E)         (F)           (G)          (F)
                NUMBER OF
                SECURITIES    % OF TOTAL
                UNDERLYING   OPTIONS/SARS                                                           GRANT
                 OPTIONS/     GRANTED TO     EXERCISE OF                                             DATE
                  SARS       EMPLOYEES IN    BASE PRICE    EXPIRATION                              PRESENT
    NAME        GRANTED(#)   FISCAL YEAR     ($/SHARE)        DATE         5%           10%        VALUE $
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>         <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>       <C>            <C>
Carmine T.
Oliva, CEO        130,633          14.5%          $1.89        3/1/05                             $151,041

Jack Talan,
Former
CEO                   -0-            -0-

Daniel Dror,
Former
CEO                   -0-            -0-

Barry
Reifler,
Former
CFO                   -0-            -0-

Henry Mourad,
President             -0-            -0-

Jacques
Moisset, VP           -0-            -0-
</TABLE>



                                     -52-
<PAGE>


                              AGGREGATED OPTIONS/SAR EXERCISES IN 1997
                             AND OPTIONS/SAR VALUES AT DECEMBER 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     (A)            (B)           (C)                    (D)                         (E)

                                                 NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED      VALUE OF UNEXERCISED IN-
                   SHARES                      OPTIONS/SARS AT 12/31/97      THE-MONEY OPTIONS/SARS
                ACQUIRED ON                              (#)                    AT 12/31/97 ($)
                  EXERCISE       VALUE              EXERCISABLE/                 EXERCISABLE/
     NAME           (#)        REALIZED ($)         UNEXERCISABLE                UNEXERCISABLE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>           <C>                      <C>                   <C>
Carmine T.
Oliva, CEO              -0-            -0-                    130,633/0                          0/0

Jack Talan,
Former
CEO                     -0-            -0-                          0/0                          0/0

Daniel Dror,
Former
CEO (1)                 -0-            -0-                    265,000/0                          0/0
                                                                    (2)

Barry Reifler,
Former
CFO                  40,000            -0-                          0/0                          0/0

Henry Mourad,
President               -0-            -0-                     72,000/0                          0/0

Jacques
Moisset, VP             -0-            -0-                     60,000/0                          0/0
</TABLE>

(1)  Does not include options assigned by Mr. Dror to others; of the options
     assigned to others, 300,000 options were exercised in 1996 for value
     realized of $484,500.

(2)  250,000 of these stock options are considered void by the Company. See
     footnote 5 to Summary Compensation Table included elsewhere herein.


                                     -53-
<PAGE>

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

        During the year ended December 31, 1997, the Board of Directors 
adopted a policy for non-employee director compensation which includes annual 
and per-meeting-attended fees but which would not be implemented until such 
time as the Board determined the Company's operating results are sufficiently 
profitable to support such compensation. The Company reimburses all directors 
for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attendance at Board 
meetings.

EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE-IN-CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS.

        Pursuant to the employment agreement dated April 12, 1994, as amended 
between the Company and Henry A. Mourad (the "Mourad Agreement"), Mr. Mourad 
is employed as President of CXR Telcom. The Mourad Agreement provides for an 
annual salary of $150,000. The Mourad Agreement is for a rolling term of two 
years, such that on April 1 of each year it shall have an unexpired term of 
two years. In the event of the termination of Mr. Mourad's employment by the 
Company without cause, or by Mr. Mourad for cause (which does not include a 
change of control), Mr. Mourad shall be entitled, until the expiration date 
of the employment agreement (or up to two years), to receive his salary, at 
an annual amount equal to the average of the three highest annual incentive 
compensation payments made to Mr. Mourad by the Company prior to such 
termination, medical care, pension and similar benefits. In the event of a 
termination for cause, Mr. Mourad is entitled to salary and benefits only 
through the date of termination.

        Pursuant to the employment agreement dated July 1, 1995 between the 
Company and Jacques Moisset, Mr. Moisset is employed as President of CXR, 
S.A. for a term of three years at an annual salary of 885,000 French Francs. 
There are no provisions in Mr. Moisset's employment agreement for payments 
upon termination of employment or upon a change in control. Mr. Moisset's 
employment agreement expired on June 30, 1998 and the Company is presently 
arranging a new, revised employment agreement. Until the new agreement is in 
place, Mr. Moisset will continue in his present capacity at his present 
salary.

        Pursuant to the employment agreement between the Company and Barry E. 
Reifler, dated February 9, 1996, as amended (the "Reifler Agreement"), Mr. 
Reifler was employed as Chief Financial Officer at an annual salary of 
$150,000. The Reifler Agreement contained a change-in-control arrangement 
such that within three months of a change-in-control, Mr. Reifler could elect 
to terminate the Reifler Agreement and receive the following benefits: (i) 
payments based on an annual salary of $125,000 plus current employee benefits 
payable for a period of two years; (ii) the issuance of 30,000 shares of 
common stock pursuant to a stock option Mr. Reifler holds, the Company 
deeming such exercise price paid; (iii) the issuance of 10,000 shares of 
common stock pursuant to a restricted stock award and (iv) the payment by the 
Company to Mr. Reifler of all income tax liabilities associated with such 
stock issuance. The merger between a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company 
and XIT Corporation constituted a change-in-control as defined in the Reifler 
Agreement. Mr. Reifler exercised his right to terminate the Reifler Agreement 
and his employment terminated on September 19, 1997.

        On August 18, 1997, Mr. Butler was employed as the Chief Financial 
Officer of the Company, replacing Mr. Reifler. On May 1, 1998 the Company and 
Mr. Butler entered into an employment agreement for a term of two years at an 
initial annual salary of $125,000 and is subject to automatic renewal for two 
successive one year terms commencing on May 1, 2000, unless, during the 
required notice periods as provided therein, either party gives written 
notice of its desire not to renew. In the event Mr. Butler's duties are 
substantially changed (the "Redesignation"), resulting in a substantial net 
change in the scope of his responsibilities, Mr. Butler may elect not to 
accept such Redesignation and resign. In such event, if the


                                     -54-
<PAGE>

Redesignation occurs during the initial term of the agreement, the Company 
shall pay Mr. Butler his annual salary for one year or through May 1, 2000 
whichever is longer. If the Redesignation occurs during a renewal period, the 
Company shall pay Mr. Butler his annual salary for one year following the 
effective date of his resignation. In the event of Mr. Butler's termination 
for cause, the Company's obligation to pay any compensation, severance 
allowance, or other amounts payable under the Agreement terminates on the 
date of such termination. In the event of a termination without cause, Mr. 
Butler shall be paid his annual salary for one year following the effective 
date of such termination or until May 1, 2000, whichever is longer. If such 
termination without cause occurs during a renewal period, Mr. Butler shall be 
paid his annual salary through the expiration of that particular renewal 
period as well as any and all other amounts payable pursuant to the 
Agreement. The Company may terminate the agreement upon thirty days written 
notice in the event of a merger, sale or reorganization of the Company in 
which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such 
reorganization receive less than fifty percent of the outstanding voting 
shares of the successor corporation.

        Pursuant to the employment agreement dated January 1, 1996 between 
the Company and XIT Corporation, Carmine T. Oliva was employed as Chairman, 
President and Chief Executive Officer of XIT Corporation for a term of five 
years at an annual salary of $250,000. In July 1996, Mr. Oliva voluntarily 
agreed to abate a portion of his annual salary in connection with XIT's 
salary abatement program then in effect. On May 6, 1997, the Board of 
Directors of the Company voted to assume the obligations of XIT under this 
Agreement in light of the appointment of Mr. Oliva to the positions of 
Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. 
On October 15, 1997, the Company and Mr. Oliva entered into a replacement 
agreement on substantially the same terms and conditions as the prior 
agreement. The current agreement is subject to automatic renewal for three 
successive two year terms commencing on October 15, 2002, unless, during the 
required notice periods as provided therein, either party gives written 
notice of its desire not to renew and provides that Mr. Oliva's salary 
continues at the abated amount of $198,865 per annum until such time as the 
Company has reported two (2) consecutive profitable quarters during the term 
of the agreement or any renewals thereof. In the event of Mr. Oliva's 
termination for cause, the Company's obligation to pay any compensation, 
severance allowance, or other amounts payable under the Agreement terminates 
on the date of such termination. In the event of a termination without cause, 
Mr. Oliva shall be paid his annual salary for two and one-half years 
following the effective date of such termination or until October 15, 2002, 
whichever is longer. If such termination without cause occurs during a 
renewal period, Mr. Oliva shall be paid his annual salary through the 
expiration of that particular renewal period as well as any and all other 
amounts payable pursuant to the Agreement. The Company may terminate the 
agreement upon thirty days written notice in the event of a merger, sale or 
reorganization of the Company in which the shareholders of the Company 
immediately prior to such reorganization receive less than fifty percent of 
the outstanding voting shares of the successor corporation.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION.

        The Executive Compensation and Management Development Committee of 
the Board of Directors, composed of two outside directors, is responsible for 
establishing and administering the Company's policies involving the 
compensation of all executive officers of the Company and establishing and 
recommending to the Board of Directors the terms and conditions of all 
employee compensation and benefit plans. No employee of the Company serves on 
this committee. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, the Executive 
Compensation and Management Development Committee of the Board of Directors 
consisted of Robert Runyon and David Barrett.


                                     -55-
<PAGE>

        SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

        The following table sets forth certain information regarding the 
beneficial ownership of the Company's common stock as of June 30, 1998 by the 
following: (i) each person who is beneficial owner of more than five percent 
(5%) of the Company's outstanding common stock; (ii) each Director; (iii) 
each of the named executive officers of the Company; and (iv) all Directors 
and executive officers as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  NAME AND ADDRESS                             NUMBER OF SHARES
 OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                         BENEFICIALLY OWNED  (1)      PERCENT OF CLASS  (1)
- ----------------------                       -----------------------      ---------------------
<S>                                         <C>                         <C>
Robert J. Bertrand and Dorcas L. Bertrand        845,106       (2)             7.09%
851 Arbolando Drive
Fullerton, CA 92835

Carmine T. Oliva                               1,863,422       (3)            15.62%
c/o MicroTel International, Inc.
4290 East Brickell Street
Ontario, CA 91761

Samuel J. Oliva                                  705,284       (4)             5.91%
80 Brandywyne Drive
Florham Park, NJ 07932

Laurence P. Finnegan, Jr.                        132,349       (5)             1.11%
3 Woods Lane
Ambler, PA 19002

Robert Runyon                                    327,302       (6)             2.74%
10 Eagle Claw Drive
Hilton Head, SC 29926

David A. Barrett                                 268,471       (7)             2.25%
7 Barnabas Road
Marion, MA 02738

Jack E. Talan                                    166,000       (8)             1.39%
26 E. 63rd, #11E
New York, NY 10021

James P. Butler                                   75,000       (9)             *
c/o MicroTel International, Inc.
4290 East Brickell Street
Ontario, CA 91761

All executive officers and directors as
a group (6 persons)                            2,832,544                      23.75%
</TABLE>

- -----------------------
*(less than 1%)


                                     -56-
<PAGE>

(1)  Includes shares of MicroTel Common Stock underlying the warrants, options
     and convertible securities outstanding and held by the beneficial owner
     with respect to whom the calculation is made, but does not include shares
     of Common Stock that may be acquired within more than 60 days after
     September 16, 1998 upon the exercise or conversion of such warrants,
     options or convertible securities.

(2)  Includes 595,106 shares held by the Bertrand Family Trust of which Mr.
     Bertrand and his wife are trustees, as well as 250,000 shares which will be
     issuable upon the exercise of MicroTel warrants to a corporation owned by
     Mr. Bertrand.

(3)  Includes 478,670 shares held jointly by Mr. Oliva and his wife, as well as
     81,889 shares held individually by Mr. Oliva's wife. Also includes 760,749
     shares, which will be issuable to Mr. Oliva upon the exercise of MicroTel
     options and warrants.

(4)  Includes 104,942 shares which will be issuable to Mr. Oliva upon the
     exercise of MicroTel options and warrants.

(5)  Includes 4,789 shares held jointly by Mr. Finnegan and his wife, and 88,178
     shares which will be issuable to Mr. Finnegan upon the exercise of MicroTel
     options and warrants.

(6)  Includes 147,217 shares which will be issuable to Mr. Runyon upon the
     exercise of MicroTel options and warrants.

(7)  Includes 91,807 shares which will be issuable to Mr. Barrett upon the
     exercise of MicroTel options and warrants; 43,639 shares held by various
     trusts of which Mr. Barrett is the trustee, and members of Mr. Barrett's
     immediate family are beneficiaries; and 4,595 shares held by Mr. Barrett's
     wife.

(8)  Includes 5,000 shares issuable to Mr. Talan upon the exercise of MicroTel
     options and warrants, and 5,000 shares authorized on March 16, 1995 to Mr.
     Talan as an incentive award to be earned for continuing services over a
     three-year period.

(9)  Represents 75,000 shares which will be issuable to Mr. Butler upon the
     exercise of MicroTel options.



                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

        Daniel Dror was the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from
1994 until his resignation on November 15, 1996. Elkana Faiwuszeiwicz, the
President and control person of Elk International, Inc. ("Elk"), is the brother
of Mr. Dror. Based upon information contained in Elk's Schedule 13D filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission dated January 25, 1994, Mr. Dror may be
deemed a "control" person of Elk and Mr. Dror, Daniel Dror & Company, Inc.
("DDC") and Elk may be deemed to constitute a "group" as those terms are defined
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Mr. Dror
and DDC each disclaim any beneficial ownership in Elk and in stock of the
Company owned by Elk.

        Pursuant to an agreement dated January 5, 1994, the Company issued
300,000 shares of the Company's common stock to the designees of DDC for
$600,000 (or $2.00 per share) including 210,000 shares to Elk. Additionally,
pursuant to the agreement, the Company issued to Elk warrants to purchase
100,000 shares for $2.50 per share, exercisable at any time prior to December
25, 1995. The Company also entered into a common stock purchase agreement with
DDC on March 10, 1994 whereby DDC, or its 


                                     -57-
<PAGE>

designee, was to acquire 1,260,000 shares of the Company's common stock for 
an aggregate of $2,520,000 (or $2.00 per share), payable in cash, or at the 
option of the Company, in cash, cash equivalents, or marketable securities or 
any combination thereof. The stockholders of the Company approved the common 
stock purchase agreement (the Agreement) on April 16, 1994. The Agreement 
provided for a closing by June 30, 1994 contingent upon all conditions to 
closing being fulfilled.

        As permitted under the terms of the Agreement, the Board of Directors on
July 27, 1994 amended the Agreement, following claims by DDC and its designee
raised prior to June 30, 1994 that certain closing conditions had not been
satisfied. The amended Agreement required the Company to issue and sell 911,484
shares to Elk as designee of DDC, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,882,967
(based on the previously agreed price of $2.00 per share), in cash, cash
equivalents or marketable securities. In September 1994, Elk tendered the
assignment of an interest-free promissory note in the amount of $805,555 secured
by shares of another public company and transferred a brokerage account to the
Company consisting of cash and common stock of $1,077,412 amounting to an
aggregate of $1,882,967 (the Company assumed the liability for certain financial
instruments amounting to $506,250 which were secured by the cash and common
stock investments in the brokerage account). Subsequent to this transfer, a loan
of $226,000 was made from the brokerage account to another entity controlled by
DDC which loan was payable with 15% interest on December 31, 1995. Although no
formal agreements were signed, DDC indicated its intent to reimburse the Company
for any loss resulting from the settlement of the financial instruments and
indebtedness from the related party. The acceptance of the consideration
received and subsequent loan were authorized by Daniel Dror in his capacity as
Chairman of the Company's investment committee prior to formal review by the
Board of Directors.

        The Board of Directors subsequently reviewed the consideration tendered
under the amended Agreement and determined that it would be in the best
interests of the Company to accept payment from Elk with securities less likely
to experience significant fluctuations in value. On November 8, 1994 the Company
executed a second amendment to the Agreement dated October 16, 1994 with DDC
whereby the transactions under the previous amendment were effectively rescinded
and the Company agreed to issue and sell 668,725 shares to Elk as designees of
DDC, for the aggregate purchase price of $1,337,449 (or $2.00 per share) on or
before December 31, 1994.

        In payment of the purchase price under the second amendment to the
Agreement, the Company accepted assignment of a promissory note payable to Elk
from a limited partnership in the aggregate amount of $1,444,444 payable on
December 31, 1995. The face amount of the promissory note includes the purchase
price of $1,337,449 plus $106,995, representing interest on the purchase price
at an interest rate of 8% per annum for the period commencing on December 31,
1994, through December 31, 1995. At a board meeting held in December 1995 the
Company agreed to accept $250,000 to extend the note to December 15, 1996 and
$100,000 as prepaid interest for the extension period. The $350,000 was
recognized as income in 1996 over the extension period of the note. As a result
of this agreement the Board extended the option period of the remaining 90,000
Elk warrants for two years. Payment of the promissory note was secured by
escrowed shares of another public company and the shares issued to Elk were
being held in escrow and were to be delivered to Elk when the promissory note
had been fully satisfied.

        In June 1996, Elk was given the right to make alternative cash payment
to the Company for the stock subscription through December 15, 1996 releasing
shares from escrow at the price of $2.00 per share, and to receive a
corresponding assignment of proceeds from the promissory note when collected.
Elk made payments against the stock subscription aggregating $380,000 through
November 14, 1996, releasing 190,000 shares of common stock from the escrow.


                                     -58-
<PAGE>

        On November 15, 1996, the Company and Elk entered into an agreement
pursuant to which Elk received (i) an option exercisable for a period of three
years to purchase 500,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.375
per share, (ii) the extension of an outstanding warrant to purchase 90,000
shares of Common Stock for three years, and (iii) the return to Elk of the
$1,444,444 promissory note. In exchange for the foregoing, the remaining shares
held in escrow by the Company and the subscription right were cancelled. The
costs of this settlement totaling $807,000, including the valuation of the
option grant of $700,000, was recorded in the fourth quarter of 1996.

        Also on November 15, 1996, Mr. Daniel Dror resigned as Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company in anticipation of the pending merger
with XIT. Mr. Jack Talan, a director of the Company, was appointed interim
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until consummation of the transaction.

        Upon his resignation, Mr. Dror (or his designee) received as a severance
award for past service: (a) 350,000 shares of the Company's common stock; (b) an
extension of the exercise period to November 14, 1999 on options he currently
holds to purchase 25,000 shares of the Company's common stock; and (c) options
to purchase 250,000 shares of the Company's common stock at a price of $2.375
per share. The latter options are exercisable for a period of 5 years, but only
after Mr. Dror repays a certain indebtedness to the Company of approximately
$211,000, which amount is due in 5 annual installments and which may be repaid
by surrendering the options for value equivalent to the lesser of the future
appreciation of the Company's common stock over the exercise price or $.50 per
option. On December 3, 1996, it was mutually agreed between the Company and Mr.
Dror to substitute an option to acquire 300,000 shares of the Company's Common
stock at an exercise price of $.01 per share for 300,000 shares of the previous
award and on December 23, 1996 these options were exercised. The compensation
expense associated with this grant of $560,000, as well as the value of the
50,000 shares awarded of $119,000 and other costs totaling $82,000 related to
the immediate vesting of previous stock based deferred compensation to Mr. Dror
and the settlement of certain amounts due the Company by Mr. Dror, were
recognized in the fourth quarter of 1996.

        Additionally, during 1996 and 1995, the Company granted 18,000 and
43,000 shares, respectively, as incentive stock awards principally to certain
directors and officers, which vest generally over a three-year period. The total
value of these shares based on the market price of the Company's common stock on
the date of grant totaled $192,000. Compensation expense recognized by the
Company for the awards totaled $106,000 and $46,000 for 1996 and 1995, including
amortization of related deferred compensation.

        In October and November of 1996, the Company granted non-qualified stock
options to acquire approximately 156,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock to
certain officers at an exercise price equal to 80% of the market value on the
date of the grant. Compensation expense associated with these grants
approximated $48,000.

        On February 19, 1997, in recognition of past and future services to the
Company, Mr. Talan was granted 150,000 restricted shares of the Company's common
stock with a market value as of that date of $337,500 ($2.25 per share).

        On February 25, 1997 through March 5, 1997, Mr. Talan loaned the Company
an aggregate of $500,000. Such loans bear interest at the rate of 6% per annum
and were repaid in full in April 1997.

        In September, 1997, Robert Bertrand, the Trustee of The Bertrand Family
Trust, a beneficial owner of more than five percent (5%) of the Company's
outstanding common stock, loaned the Company an aggregate of $375,000, on a
demand basis, to assist the Company in financing the production of accelerating
orders from Motorola.


                                     -59-
<PAGE>

        On April 9, 1998, the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary XCEL Arnold
Circuits, Inc. sold substantially all of the assets used in its Arnold Circuits
business to Arnold Circuits, Inc., a company wholly owned by Robert Bertrand.
Mr. Bertrand is the beneficial owner of over 5% of the Company's common stock.
Mr. Bertrand had owned and operated the Arnold Circuits business until September
of 1995, when the assets of that business were acquired by XCEL Arnold Circuits,
Inc.

        The purchase price for the assets was $2 million plus the assumption of
liabilities of the Arnold Circuits business. The purchase price was paid by a
cash payment of $1,350,000 and delivery of a promissory note (the "Note") in the
amount of $650,000. The cash proceeds were used to retire bank debt and certain
other debt, including debt owed to Mr. Bertrand and a related entity. As
security for the Note, XCEL Arnold Circuits, Inc. was granted a second lien on
substantially all the assets of Arnold Circuits, Inc. Payment of the Note was
guaranteed by Mr. Bertrand and a related entity. Certain provisions of the
transactions would permit XCEL Arnold Circuits, Inc. to share in any gain of the
sale of the Arnold Circuits business while the Note is outstanding.

        The purchase price for the Arnold Circuits business was arrived at via
negotiation between Messrs. Oliva and Bertrand and was approved by the Board of
Directors. Prior to reaching agreement with Mr. Bertrand, the Company
unsuccessfully attempted for several months to locate a buyer for the Arnold
Circuits business. Given the extent of the operating losses of the Arnold
Circuits business in 1997, the Company believes the terms of the transaction
with Mr. Bertrand were no less favorable to the Company than would have been
obtained in an arm's-length transaction with a third party, assuming an
interested third party had been found.

        In connection with the transaction, in reconciliation of inter-company
accounts, the Company issued to Mr. Bertrand and an affiliated entity two
non-interest bearing promissory notes totaling $350,000 which are payable upon
the consummation by the Company of a financing transaction and, if no financing
transaction occurs by May 31, 1998, on demand. In July 1998, the Company paid
$100,000 against the promissory notes.


                                     -60-
<PAGE>


                           SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

         The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 25,000,000
shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0033 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, par value $.01 per share ("Preferred Stock"). At September 16,
1998, there were 11,931,363 shares of Common Stock outstanding and 200 shares of
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding.

COMMON STOCK

         Each share of Common Stock entitles the holder to one vote on all
matters that are required or otherwise come before a vote of the stockholders of
the Company. The Common Stock carries no preemptive, conversion, redemption or
similar rights. The shares of Common Stock outstanding are fully paid and
non-assessable. The holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive
ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the
Board of Directors out of funds legally available. In the event of liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of shares of Common Stock
are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of
liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of Preferred Stock, if any,
then outstanding. The Company has never paid any dividends.

PREFERRED STOCK

        The Company is authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock from time to time in one or more series as may be designated by the Board
of Directors from time to time. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Company, the holders of the Preferred Stock will be entitled
to a liquidation preference over the Common Stock. Any Preferred Stock issued in
the future will be entitled to such dividends, redemption rights, liquidation
rights, conversion rights and voting rights as the Board of Directors, in its
discretion, may determine, in a resolution or resolutions providing for the
issuance of any such stock. Preferred Stock can thus be issued without the vote
of the holders of Common Stock. Preferred Stock can be issued in the future with
rights which could reduce the attractiveness of the Company as a potential
takeover target, make the removal of management more difficult, or adversely
impact the rights of holders of Common Stock. Under certain circumstances the
issuance of Preferred Stock containing such rights could have the effect of
decreasing the market price of the Common Stock.

        On July 8, 1998, the Company completed the sale of 200 shares of 
Series A convertible preferred stock (the "Preferred Shares") at $10,000 per 
share to the Selling Shareholders. The Company received net proceeds of 
approximately $1,847,000 after deduction of commissions and 
transaction-related expenses and utilized such proceeds for working capital. 
The Preferred Shares are convertible into the common stock of the Company at 
the option of the holder thereof at any time after the ninetieth (90th) day 
of issuance thereof at the conversion price per share of Preferred Share 
equal to $10,000 divided by the lesser of (x) $1.25 and (y) One Hundred 
Percent (100%) of the arithmetic average of the three lowest closing bid 
prices over the forty (40) trading days prior to the exercise date of any 
such conversion. No more than 20% of the aggregate number of Preferred Shares 
originally purchased and owned by any single entity may be converted in any 
thirty (30) day period after the ninetieth (90th) day of issuance. In the 
event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the 
holders of shares of Preferred Shares are entitled to receive, prior and in 
preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the 
holders of the Company's common stock by reason of their ownership, an amount 
per share equal to $10,000 for each outstanding Preferred 


                                     -61-
<PAGE>

Share. Any unconverted Preferred Shares may be redeemed at the option of the 
Company for cash at a per share price equal to $11,500 per Preferred Share 
and any Preferred Shares which remain outstanding as of May 22, 2003 are 
subject to mandatory redemption by the Company at the same per-share 
redemption price.

CLASSIFICATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides for three classes
of directors, with the number of members in each as nearly equal in number as
the then total number of directors constituting the entire Board. Each class of
directors have terms which expire in consecutive years. The Company's by-laws
require the Board to consist of four (4) or more directors, and require an
eighty (80%) percent affirmative vote of the holders of shares of Common Stock
to reduce the number of directors. Presently, there are five Directors with
terms expiring as follows: David A. Barrett, 2000; Jack R. Talan and Laurence P.
Finnegan, Jr., 2001; and Carmine T. Oliva and Robert B. Runyon, 1999. Any
vacancies in the Board for any reason, or any increase in the number of
directors, may be filled only by an affirmative vote of the majority of
directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, and such incoming director
shall hold office until the expiration date of the class for which such director
has been chosen. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that
Directors may be removed only for cause. These provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation concerning the Board members may not be repealed or amended unless
such action is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than
sixty-seven (67%) percent of the Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock.

STOCKHOLDERS' WRITTEN CONSENTS AND SPECIAL MEETINGS

         The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that any action
required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company must be
effected by a duly called annual or special meeting, and may not be effected by
the written consent of stockholders. This provision of the Certificate of
Incorporation may not be repealed or amended unless such action is approved by
the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than sixty-seven (67%) percent
of the Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock. The Company's by-laws
provide that special meetings may be called only by the President, the Board of
Directors or the holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to cast not less
than 10% of the votes at any such meeting.

SECTION 203 OF THE DELAWARE CORPORATION LAW

         The Company is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the 
Delaware General Corporation Law. That section provides, with certain 
exceptions, that a Delaware corporation may not engage in any of a broad 
range of business combinations with a person or affiliate, or associate of 
such person, who is an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years 
from the date that such person became an interested stockholder unless the 
transaction is approved in a prescribed manner. An "interested stockholder" 
is defined as any person who is (i) the owner of 15% or more of the 
outstanding voting stock of the corporation or (ii) an affiliate or associate 
of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting 
stock of the corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately 
prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person 
is an interested stockholder. This statute could prohibit or delay a merger, 
takeover, or other change in control of the Company and therefore could 
discourage attempts to acquire the Company.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         As permitted by the Delaware General Corporate Law, the Company's 
Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, provides that directors of the 
Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for 
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for 
liability (i) for any

                                     -62-
<PAGE>

breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, 
(ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional 
misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the 
Delaware General Corporate Law, relating to prohibited dividends or 
distributions or the repurchase or redemption of stock, or (iv) for any 
transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

WARRANTS AND RIGHTS

         Of the 5,710,967 Shares being registered hereby, 1,250,000 shares are
Warrant Shares, and can be sold by the Selling Shareholders only after such
Selling Shareholder has exercised such Common Stock purchase warrant. All of the
Warrants are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $1.25 each.


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

        Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the issuance of
the shares will be passed up on by Gallagher, Briody & Butler, Princeton, New
Jersey. Gallagher, Briody & Butler owns in the aggregate 12,282 shares of the
Company's Common Stock. Kevin M. Briody, a partner of the firm, owns in the
aggregate 24,566 shares of the Company's Common Stock, and Thomas P. Gallagher,
a partner of the firm, owns in the aggregate 49,700 shares of the Company's
Common Stock and warrants to purchase 9,797 shares of Company's Common Stock.


                                     EXPERTS

         The consolidated financial statements and schedule included in this
Prospectus and in the Registration Statement have been audited by BDO Seidman,
LLP, independent certified public accountants, to the extent and for the periods
set forth in their report (which contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the
Company's ability to continue as a going concern) appearing elsewhere herein and
in the Registration Statement, and are included in reliance upon such reports
given upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

         The consolidated financial statements and schedule of MicroTel
International, Inc. and subsidiaries (formerly known as XCEL Corporation and
subsidiaries) as of September 30, 1996 and for each of the years in the two year
period ended September 30, 1996, have been included herein and in the
registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
independent certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon
the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The consolidated financial statements of XCEL Corporation Ltd., a
subsidiary of the XIT Corporation (formerly known as XCEL Corporation) as of
September 30, 1996 and for each of the years in the two year period ended
September 30, 1996, have been included herein and in the registration statement
in reliance upon the report of Hardcastle Burton, chartered accountants and
registered auditors, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said
firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


                                     -63-
<PAGE>
                           MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      PAGE
                                                                                      ----
<S>                                                                                   <C>
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants (BDO Seidman, LLP)                  F-2
Independent Auditors' Report (KPMG Peat Marwick LLP)                                   F-3
Independent Auditors' Report (Hardcastle Burton)                                       F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1997, December 31, 1996 and
  September 30, 1996                                                                   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 1997,
  the Three Months Ended December 31, 1996, and the Years Ended
  September 30, 1996 and 1995                                                          F-7
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Year Ended
  December 31, 1997, the Three Months Ended December 31, 1996, and
  the Years Ended September 30, 1996 and 1995                                          F-8
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 1997,
  the Three Months Ended December 31, 1996, and the Years Ended
  September 30, 1996, and 1995                                                         F-10
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year Ended
  December 31, 1997, the Three Months Ended December 31, 1996, and
  the Years Ended September 30, 1996 and 1995                                          F-12
Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying
  Accounts for the Year Ended December 31, 1997, the Three Months Ended December
  31, 1996, and the Years Ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 F-40
Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheets at June 30, 1998  (Unaudited) and
  December 31, 1997                                                                    F-41
Consolidated Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
  for the Three and Six Months Ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 (Unaudited)                F-42
Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months
  Ended June 30, 1998 and 1997 (Unaudited)                                             F-43
Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements (Unaudited)                       F-44
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements
  Explanatory Description                                                              F-50
Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Pro Forma Statement of Operations
  for the Year Ended December 31, 1997                                                 F-51
Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Pro Forma Statement of Operations
  for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1998                                               F-52

</TABLE>


                                       F-1
<PAGE>



               REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

The Board of Directors
MicroTel International, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MicroTel
International, Inc. as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for
the year ended December 31, 1997 and the three months ended December 31, 1996.
We have also audited the information for the year ended December 31, 1997 and
the three months ended December 31, 1996 in the financial statement schedule
included on page F-40. These financial statements and the financial statement
schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and the
financial statement schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements and financial
statement schedule are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements and financial statement schedule. An audit also
includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made
by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial
statements and financial statement schedule. We believe that our audits provide
a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MicroTel
International, Inc. at December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the three
months ended December 31, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

        Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above
presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared
assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note
16 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring
losses from operations and is in default of certain of its credit facility
agreements, the effects of which raise substantial doubt about its ability to
continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are
also described in Note 16. The consolidated financial statements do not include
any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.




                                       BDO Seidman, LLP

Costa Mesa, California
March 20, 1998, except as
  to Note 17, which is as of
  April 9, 1998



                                       F-2
<PAGE>


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
MicroTel International, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of MicroTel
International, Inc. and subsidiaries (formerly known as XCEL Corporation and
subsidiaries) as of September 30, 1996 and the related consolidated statements
of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the
two-year period then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We did
not audit the consolidated financial statements of XCEL Corporation Ltd. and
subsidiaries, which statements reflect total assets constituting 20% in 1996,
and total revenues constituting 7% and 8% in 1996 and 1995, respectively, of the
related consolidated totals. Those consolidated financial statements were
audited by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our
opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for XCEL Corporation Ltd.
and subsidiaries, is based solely on the report of the other auditors.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits and the reports of the other auditors provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of the other
auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MicroTel
International, Inc. and subsidiaries (formerly known as XCEL Corporation and
subsidiaries) as of September 30, 1996, and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period then ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                       KPMG Peat Marwick LLP

Orange County, California
December 13, 1996



                                       F-3
<PAGE>
        XCEL CORPORATION LIMITED

        REPORT OF THE AUDITORS TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF
        XCEL CORPORATION LIMITED

        We have audited the financial statements on pages four to fifteen which
have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the
revaluation of certain fixed assets, and the accounting policies set out on page
seven.

RESPECTIVE RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIRECTORS AND AUDITORS

        As described on page two the company's directors are responsible for the
preparation of financial statements. It is our responsibility to form an
independent opinion, based on our audit, on those statements and to report our
opinion to you.

BASIS OF OPINION

        We conducted our audit in accordance with Auditing Standards issued by
the Auditing Practices Board. An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of
evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. It
also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgments made by
the directors in the preparation of the financial statements, and of whether the
accounting policies are appropriate to the company's circumstances, consistently
applied and adequately disclosed.

        We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information
and explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with
sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements
are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other
irregularity or error. In forming our opinion we also evaluated the overall
adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial statements.

OPINION

        In our opinion the financial statements give a true and fair view of the
state of the company's affairs as at 30 September 1996 and of its profit for the
year then ended and have been properly prepared in accordance with the
provisions of the Companies Act 1985 applicable to small companies.

/s/ Hardcastle Burton

Hardcastle Burton
Chartered Accountants
Registered Auditor
Lake House
Market Hill
Royston
Herts SGB 9JN                                           Dated: 22 November 1996


                                      F-4
<PAGE>



                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1997            1996            1996
                                                                  ----            ----            ----
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>            <C>
ASSETS (NOTES 7 AND 8)
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents                                   $   1,921       $     886       $     785
   Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful              6,749           4,734           4,568
    accounts of $241, $63 and $47
   Inventories (Note 4)                                            7,087           6,297           6,505
   Prepaid and other current assets                                  869             714             556
                                                               ---------       ---------       ---------
Total current assets                                              16,626          12,631          12,414
Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 5)                        4,968           5,006           5,060
Goodwill, net of accumlated amortization of $44, $2,397            1,906           1,836           1,903
   and $2,330 (Notes 2, 3 and 11)
Other assets (Note 6)                                              1,940           1,091             236
                                                               ---------       ---------       ---------
                                                               $  25,440       $  20,564       $  19,613
                                                               ---------       ---------       ---------
                                                               ---------       ---------       ---------

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
   Notes payable (Note 7)                                      $   3,630       $   3,492       $   2,864
   Current portion of long-term debt (Note 8)                      1,216           1,073             912
   Accounts payable                                                6,621           4,746           5,143
   Accrued expenses                                                3,837           1,795           1,332
                                                               ---------       ---------       ---------
Total current liabilities                                         15,304          11,106          10,251
Long-term debt, less current portion (Note 8)                      2,530           3,549           2,678
Other liabilities                                                    789              --              --
Minority interest (Note 3)                                            88              68              64
                                                               ---------       ---------       ---------
Total liabilities                                                 18,711          14,723          12,993
Series A redeemable preferred stock, no par value.
Authorized, issued and outstanding one thousand shares
   (aggregate liquidation preference of $120 in 1997)
   (Notes 3 and 9)                                                   306             340             332
Series B redeemable preferred stock, no par value.
Authorized, issued and outstanding one thousand shares
   (aggregate liquidation preference of $160 in 1997)
   (Notes 3 and 9)                                                   408             454             443
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 14 and 16)
Subsequent event (Note 17)

</TABLE>

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                   (CONTINUED)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>             <C>
Stockholders' equity (Notes 2, 3 and 10):
  Common stock, $.0033 par value. Authorized 25,000
  shares; issued and outstanding 11,926, 6,064 and 6,064              39              20              20
  Additional paid-in capital                                      19,960           8,998           8,998
  Accumulated deficit                                            (13,877)         (4,124)         (3,200)
  Foreign currency translation adjustment                           (107)            153              27
                                                               ---------       ---------       ---------
Total stockholders' equity                                         6,015           5,047           5,845
                                                               ---------       ---------       ---------
                                                               $  25,440       $  20,564       $  19,613
                                                               ---------       ---------       ---------
                                                               ---------       ---------       ---------

</TABLE>

        See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                      F-6
<PAGE>



                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             THREE MONTHS
                                              YEAR ENDED        ENDED          YEAR ENDED       YEAR ENDED
                                             DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                 1997            1996             1996             1995
                                             ------------    ------------     -------------    -------------
<S>                                          <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
Net sales                                     $   43,098     $    7,886       $   31,249       $   19,602
Cost of sales                                     32,670          6,680           23,057           14,332
                                              ----------     ----------       ----------       ----------
Gross profit                                      10,428          1,206            8,192            5,270
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative               11,361          1,816            6,379            4,870
Engineering and product development                2,046             69              309              328
Write-down of goodwill (Note 11)                   5,693             --               --               --
                                              ----------     ----------       ----------       ----------
Income (loss) from operations                     (8,672)          (679)           1,504               72
Other income (expense):
   Interest expense                                 (895)          (183)            (507)            (405)
   Gain from sale of asset (Note 3)                   --             --               --              480
   Minority interest in net income of                (20)            (4)              (4)              (3)
   consolidated subsidiary (Note 3)
   Other, net                                         (9)            (9)             112              202
                                              ----------     ----------       ----------       ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes                 (9,596)          (875)           1,105              346
Income taxes (Note 12)                                97             30               22                9
                                              ----------     ----------       ----------       ----------
Net income (loss)                             $   (9,693)    $     (905)      $    1,083       $      337
                                              ----------     ----------       ----------       ----------
                                              ----------     ----------       ----------       ----------

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per
   share (Note 13)                            $    (.96)     $    (.15)       $      .17       $      .07
                                              ----------     ----------       ----------       ----------
                                              ----------     ----------       ----------       ----------

</TABLE>

         See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.



                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        COMMON STOCK
                                     -------------------
                                                         ADDITIONAL                    FOREIGN
                                                          PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED     CURRENCY
                                      SHARES    AMOUNT     CAPITAL      DEFICIT      TRANSLATION    TOTAL
                                      ------    ------   ----------   -----------    -----------   --------
<S>                                   <C>       <C>      <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>
Balance at September 30, 1994          4,886    $   16    $  7,671    $   (4,530)     $    106     $  3,263
Stock issued in connection with                                                                  
   Arnold Circuits, Inc.                                                                         
   acquisition (Note 3)                  639         2         654            --            --          656
Stock issued for debt conversion                                                                 
   (Note 10)                             289         1         207            --            --          208
Accretion of preferred stock              --        --          --           (10)           --          (10)
Foreign currency translation                                                                     
   adjustment                             --        --          --            --            10           10
Net income                                --        --          --           337            --          337
                                       -----    ------    --------    ----------      --------     --------
Balance at September 30, 1995          5,814        19       8,532        (4,203)          116        4,464
Stock issued in connection with                                                                  
   acquisition of minority interest                                                              
   (Note 3)                               71        --         344            --            --          344
Stock issued for debt conversion                                                                 
   (Note 10)                             179         1         122            --            --          123
Accretion of preferred stock              --        --          --           (80)           --          (80)
Foreign currency translation                                                                     
   adjustment                             --        --          --            --           (89)         (89)
Net income                                --        --          --         1,083            --        1,083
                                       -----    ------    --------    ----------      --------     --------
Balance at September 30, 1996          6,064        20       8,998        (3,200)           27        5,845
Accretion of preferred stock              --        --          --           (19)           --          (19)
Foreign currency translation                                                                     
   adjustment                             --        --          --            --           126          126
Net loss                                  --        --          --          (905)           --         (905)
                                       -----    ------    --------    ----------      --------     --------
Balance at December 31, 1996           6,064        20       8,998        (4,124)          153        5,047
Stock issued in connection with                                                                  
   reverse acquisition (Note 2)        3,186        10       5,235            --            --        5,245
Stock issued in connection with                                                                  
   private placement (Note 10)         2,000         7       4,251            --            --        4,258
Stock issued in connection with                                                                  
   acquisition (Note 3)                  500         2       1,123            --            --        1,125
Stock issued for debt conversion                                                                 
   (Note 10)                              55        --          44            --            --           44
Stock issued upon exercise of stock                                                              
   options                                30        --          97            --            --           97

</TABLE>


                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                   (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                   <C>        <C>      <C>          <C>             <C>         <C>
Stock issued in connection with
   settlement of dispute (Note 10)        80         --         190            --            --         190
Stock issued as compensation and
   under stock purchase plan              11         --          22            --            --          22
Accretion of preferred stock              --         --          --           (60)           --         (60)
Foreign currency translation
   adjustment                             --         --          --            --          (260)       (260)
Net loss                                  --         --          --        (9,693)           --      (9,693)
                                      ------     ------   ---------    ----------      --------    --------
Balance at December 31, 1997          11,926     $   39    $ 19,960    $  (13,877)     $   (107)   $  6,015
                                      ------     ------   ---------    ----------      --------    --------
                                      ------     ------   ---------    ----------      --------    --------

</TABLE>

        See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>



                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             THREE MONTHS
                                               YEAR ENDED        ENDED         YEAR ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                              DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  1997           1996             1996            1995
                                                  ----           ----             ----            ----
<S>                                           <C>            <C>              <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)                              $  (9,693)     $    (905)      $   1,083        $     337
   Adjustments to reconcile net income
    (loss) to cash provided by (used in)
    operations:
     Depreciation and amortization                   923            209             589              278
     Amortization of intangible assets               358             67             210              210
     Allowance for doubtful accounts                 251             16              17               41
     Provision for inventory obsolescence          3,134            416             211              265
     Write-down of goodwill                        5,693             --              --               --
     Gain on sale of Computron                        --             --              --             (480)
     Minority interest                                20              4              (4)              28
     Stock issued as compensation                     22             --              --               --
     Equity in earnings of unconsolidated             21              5              --               --
      partnership
     Changes in operating assets and
      liabilities:
     Accounts receivable                            (554)          (158)             (5)            (181)
     Inventories                                  (1,011)          (169)           (421)             (48)
     Prepaids and other assets                       413           (145)            145              (85)
     Accounts payable                               (755)          (367)           (296)             118
     Accrued expenses                               (490)           463            (740)            (173)
                                               ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
Cash provided by (used in) operations             (1,668)          (564)            789              310
                                               ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Net purchases of property, plant and              (424)          (155)           (786)             (94)
    equipment
  Cash paid for purchase of Arnold                    --             --              --           (1,027)
    Circuits, Inc.
  Cash paid for purchase of Etch-Tek                  --             --            (428)              --
  Cash paid for purchase of Abbott                    --             --            (735)              --
    Electronics
  Proceeds from sale of Computron                     --             --              --            1,157
  Cash acquired in acquisition/merger                273             --              --               --
  Investment in and loan to real estate               --           (868)             --               --
    partnership

</TABLE>



                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>
 Proceeds from repayment of loan to                   125             --              --               --
   partnership                                  ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
Cash provided by (used in) investing                  (26)        (1,023)         (1,949)              36
   activities                                   ---------      ---------        --------        ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Net increase (decrease) in notes payable              (3)           628             249             (216)
 Proceeds from long-term debt                         163          1,326           2,000            1,334
 Repayments of long-term debt                      (1,606)          (294)         (1,055)            (711)
 Preferred stock dividends paid                      (140)            --            (140)              --
 Proceeds from sale of common stock                 4,258             --              --               --
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
Cash provided by financing activities               2,672          1,660           1,054              407
  Effect of exchange rate changes on cash              57             28             (87)               9
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash            1,035            101            (193)             762
   equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of             886            785             978              216
   period                                       ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period      $   1,921      $     886       $     785        $     978
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
  INFORMATION:
  Cash paid during the period for:
     Interest                                   $     827      $     183       $     490        $     411
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
     Income taxes                               $      58      $      --       $      12        $       5
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH
INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Issuance of common stock, preferred          
       stock and notes in connection with      
       acquisitions                            $   6,370      $      --       $     539        $   1,681
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
  Issuance of common stock in conversion       
       of debt to equity                       $      44      $      --       $     123        $     208
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
  Issuance of common stock in connection       
       with settlement of dispute              $     190      $      --       $      --        $      --
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
  Issuance of common stock upon exercise       
       of stock options                        $      97      $      --       $      --        $      --
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
  Accretion of preferred stock                 $      60      $      19       $      80        $      10
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
                                                ---------      ---------       ---------        ---------
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                     F-11
<PAGE>


                MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995



(1)   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS

        MicroTel International, Inc. (the "Company") is a holding company for 
its three wholly-owned subsidiaries: CXR Telcom Corporation, CXR S.A. and, 
effective March 26, 1997, XIT Corporation ("XIT"). CXR Telcom Corporation and 
CXR, S.A. (collectively "CXR") design, manufacture and market electronic 
telecommunication test equipment and data communications equipment. XIT 
designs, manufactures and markets information technology products, including 
displays and input components, subsystem assemblies, printed circuits and 
hybrid microelectronic circuits. The Company conducts its operations out of 
various facilities in the U. S., France, England and Japan and organizes 
itself in three product line sectors: Circuits, Components and Subsystem 
Assemblies, and Instrumentation and Test Equipment.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

        As discussed more fully in Note 2, the Company merged with XIT on 
March 26, 1997. The merger was accounted for as a purchase of the Company by 
XIT in a "reverse acquisition" because the existing stockholders of the 
Company prior to the merger did not have voting control of the combined 
entity after the merger. In a reverse acquisition, the accounting treatment 
differs from the legal form of the transaction, as the continuing legal 
parent company is not assumed to the be acquirer and the financial statements 
of the combined entity are those of the accounting acquirer (XIT), including 
any comparative prior year financial statements presented by the combined 
entity after the business combination. Consequently, the consolidated 
financial statements include the accounts of XIT and its wholly and 
majority-owned subsidiaries, and beginning March 26, 1997, include the 
Company and its other subsidiaries, CXR Telcom Corporation and CXR S.A. (the 
"Former Company").

        In connection with the reverse acquisition, the Company assumed the 
number of authorized common shares of 25,000,000 and $.0033 par value per 
share of the Former Company. Furthermore, the former stockholders of XIT were 
issued approximately 6,199,000 shares of common stock, which resulted in a 
common share exchange ratio of 1.451478. Accordingly, all references to the 
number of shares and to the per share information in the accompanying 
consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect these changes 
on a retroactive basis.

        XIT's 50% investment in a real estate partnership (see Note 6) is 
accounted for using the equity method.

        All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been 
eliminated in consolidation.


                                     F-12
<PAGE>

                MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995



FISCAL YEARS

        In connection with the reverse acquisition accounting treatment 
described above, XIT changed its fiscal year end from September 30 to 
December 31 to adopt the fiscal year end of the Former Company.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

        Revenues are recorded when products are shipped.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of all highly liquid investments 
with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased.

INVENTORIES

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or 
market (net realizable value).

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

        Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated 
depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed 
principally using the straight-line method over the useful lives of the 
assets (or lease term, if shorter) as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                          <C>
          Buildings                                          50 years
          Machinery, equipment and fixtures                  3-7 years
          Leasehold improvements                              5 years
</TABLE>

        Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred while renewals and 
betterments are capitalized.

GOODWILL

        Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value 
of net assets acquired through business combinations accounted for as 
purchases and is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful 
life. During 1997, the Company wrote-down the value of goodwill by 
approximately $5.7 million and reduced the estimated useful lives from 15 - 
20 years to 10 years (see Note 11).


                                     F-13
<PAGE>

                MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995



LONG-LIVED ASSETS

        The Company reviews the carrying amount of its long-lived assets and 
identifiable intangible assets for possible impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may 
not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured 
by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net 
cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are 
considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the 
amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of 
the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the 
carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS

        Software development costs, including purchased technology, are 
capitalized beginning when technological feasibility has been established or 
when purchased from third parties and continues through the date of 
commercial release. Amortization commences upon commercial release of the 
product and is calculated using the greater of the straight-line method over 
three years or the ratio of the products' current revenues divided by the 
anticipated total product revenues. The carrying value of capitalized 
software development costs aggregates $592,000 (net of accumulated 
amortization of $248,000) at December 31, 1997 and is included in other 
assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. During the year ended 
December 31, 1997, $248,000 of amortization relating to the remaining 
capitalized software was charged to cost of sales.

PRODUCT WARRANTIES

        The Company provides warranties for certain of its products for 
periods of generally one year. Estimated warranty costs are recognized at the 
time of the sale.

INCOME TAXES

        The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes 
in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, 
"Accounting for Income Taxes." Deferred income taxes are recognized based on 
the differences between financial statement and income tax bases of assets 
and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the 
differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established, 
when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be 
realized. The provision for income taxes represents the tax payable for the 
period and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and 
liabilities.


                                     F-14
<PAGE>

                MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995



STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

        The Company applies APB Opinion 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to 
Employees," and related interpretations in accounting for its employee 
stock-based compensation plans. Accordingly, no compensation cost is 
recognized for its employee stock option plans, unless the exercise price of 
options granted is less than fair market value on the date of grant. The 
Company has adopted the disclosure provisions of Statement of Financial 
Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation."

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

        Effective December 31, 1997, the Company adopted Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS 128"). 
The statement replaces the calculation of primary and fully diluted earnings 
(loss) per share with basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share. Basic 
earnings (loss) per share includes no dilution and is computed by dividing 
income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number 
of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share 
reflects the potential dilution of securities that could share in the 
earnings of an entity, similar to fully diluted earnings (loss) per share. 
All earnings (loss) per share amounts have been restated to conform to the 
requirements of SFAS 128. Such adoption had no net effect on the previously 
reported earnings (loss) per share.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

        Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures 
about Fair Value of Financial Instruments" requires all entities to disclose 
the fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities 
recognized and not recognized on the balance sheet, for which it is 
practicable to estimate fair value. This statement defines fair value of a 
financial instrument as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged 
in a current transaction between willing parties. As of December 31, 1997, 
the fair value of all financial instruments approximated carrying value.

        The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts 
receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses are reasonable estimates of 
their fair value because of the short maturity of these items. The Company 
believes the carrying amounts of its notes payable and long-term debt 
approximate fair value because the interest rates on these instruments are 
subject to change with, or approximate, market interest rates.


                                     F-15
<PAGE>

                MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995



USE OF ESTIMATES

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally 
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the 
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

        Financial instruments, which potentially expose the Company to 
concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and accounts 
receivable. The Company places its cash with high quality financial 
institutions. At times, cash balances may be in excess of the amounts insured 
by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

        The Company's accounts receivable results from sales to a broad 
customer base. The Company extends credit to its customers based upon an 
evaluation of the customer's financial condition and credit history and 
generally does not require collateral. Credit losses are provided for in the 
financial statements and consistently have been within management's 
expectations.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

        The accounts of foreign subsidiaries have been translated using the 
local currency as the functional currency. Accordingly, foreign currency 
denominated assets and liabilities have been translated to U.S. dollars at 
the current rate of exchange on the balance sheet date. The effects of 
translation are recorded as a separate component of stockholders' equity. 
Exchange gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in foreign 
currencies are translated at average exchange rates and included in 
operations. Such amounts are not material to the accompanying consolidated 
financial statements.

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

        Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting 
Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS 130") issued by the FASB is effective for 
financial statements with fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997. 
Earlier application is permitted. SFAS 130 establishes standards for 
reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components in a full 
set of general-purpose financial statements. The Company has not determined 
the effect on its financial position or results of operations from the 
adoption of this statement.


                                     F-16
<PAGE>

                MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995



        Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosures 
about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS 131") issued 
by the FASB is effective for financial statements with fiscal years beginning 
after December 15, 1997. The new standard requires that public business 
enterprises report certain information about operating segments in complete 
sets of financial statements of the enterprise and in condensed financial 
statements of interim periods issued to shareholders. It also requires that 
public business enterprises report certain information about their products 
and services, the geographic areas in which they operate and their major 
customers. The Company does not expect adoption of SFAS 131 to have a 
material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

        Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132, "Employers' 
Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits" ("SFAS 132") 
issued by the FASB is effective for financial statements with fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 1997 and will require restatement of disclosures 
for earlier periods provided for comparative purposes. SFAS 132 standardizes 
the disclosure requirements for pensions and other postretirement benefits to 
the extent practicable, requires additional information on changes in the 
benefit obligations and fair values of plan assets that will facilitate 
financial analysis, and eliminates certain disclosures that are no longer 
considered useful. The Company has not determined the effect, if any, of 
adoption of SFAS 132 on its financial position or results of operations.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

        Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year financial 
statements to be consistent with the 1997 presentation.

(2)   MERGER WITH XIT CORPORATION

        On March 26, 1997, privately-held XIT merged with a wholly-owned, 
newly formed subsidiary of the Company, with XIT as the surviving subsidiary. 
Pursuant to the transaction, the former stockholders of XIT were issued 
approximately 6,119,000 shares of common stock of the Company, or 
approximately 66% of the issued and outstanding common stock. In addition, 
holders of XIT stock options and warrants at the date of the merger 
collectively had the right to acquire an additional 2,153,000 shares of 
common stock. Collectively, then the former XIT stockholders owned, or had 
the right to acquire, approximately 65% of the common stock of the Company on 
a fully-diluted basis as of the date of the transaction.

        As described in Note 1, the merger has been accounted for as a 
purchase of the Company by XIT. Accordingly, the purchase price, consisting 
of the value of the common stock outstanding of the Company at the date of 
the merger of $5,011,000 plus the direct costs of the acquisition of 
$730,000, and the acquired assets and liabilities of MicroTel were recorded 
at their estimated fair values at the date of the merger. The excess of 
$4,998,000 of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets 
acquired was recorded as goodwill and thereafter was amortized on a 
straight-line basis over 15 years.


                                     F-17
<PAGE>

                MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995



        In September 1997, the Company wrote-down the goodwill associated 
with the merger to $998,000. Thereafter, the remaining goodwill is being 
amortized on a straight-line basis over ten years (see Note 11).

        The following represents the unaudited pro forma results of 
operations as if the merger had occurred at the beginning of the respective 
periods presented below. The presentation for the year ended September 30, 
1996 combines the Company's results of operations for that year with the 
former MicroTel results of operations for the year ended December 31, 1996, 
with adjustments to reflect amortization of the excess purchase price over 
the fair value of the net assets acquired.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEAR ENDED           YEAR ENDED
                                                DECEMBER 31, 1997    SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                -----------------    ------------------
<S>                                               <C>                  <C>
Net sales                                         $   46,094,000       $   47,552,000
                                                  --------------       --------------
                                                  --------------       --------------
Net loss                                          $  (12,097,000)      $   (3,514,000)
                                                  --------------       --------------
                                                  --------------       --------------
Basic and diluted loss per share                  $        (1.12)      $         (.40)
                                                  --------------       --------------
                                                  --------------       --------------
</TABLE>

        The pro forma results of operations above do not purport to be 
indicative of the results that would have occurred had the merger taken place 
at the beginning of the respective period presented or of results which may 
occur in the future.

(3)   ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS OF BUSINESSES

ACQUISITIONS

        On October 17, 1997, the Company's CXR Telcom subsidiary acquired all 
the capital stock of Critical Communications Incorporated ("Critical") of St. 
Charles, Illinois in exchange for 500,000 shares of the Company's common 
stock. Founded in 1991, Critical is a provider of sophisticated, 
state-of-the-art, portable telephone test instruments used by both 
long-distance carriers and local telephone service providers as well as by 
corporate and government telecommunications end users. The acquisition of 
Critical has been accounted for as a purchase, and accordingly, the results 
of operations of Critical since the date of the acquisition are included in 
the Company's consolidated statement of operations for the year ended 
December 31, 1997. The 500,000 shares of common stock were valued at 
$1,125,000 based on the fair value of the common stock on the acquisition 
date. The Company acquired $9,000 in cash in the acquisition and the cost in 
excess of net assets acquired was $1,123,000 which is being amortized on a 
straight-line basis over ten years. The pro forma effect of this acquisition 
was not material to the results of operations for 1997 or 1996.


                                     F-18
<PAGE>

                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995

        On May 1, 1996, the Company acquired all of the assets and assumed 
all of the liabilities of Etch-Tek, Inc. ("Etch-Tek") for $460,000 in cash 
and a $195,000 promissory note. Etch-Tek is a manufacturer of quick turn 
prototype quantity and medium production printed circuit boards. The 
acquisition of Etch-Tek has been accounted for as a purchase, and 
accordingly, the results of operations of Etch-Tek for the five months ended 
September 30, 1996 are included in the Company's consolidated statement of 
operations for the year ended September 30, 1996. Supplementary information 
related to the acquisition of Etch-Tek for the year ended September 30, 1996 
is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

        <S>                                                <C>
        Assets acquired                                    $  1,401,000
        Liabilities assumed                                    (746,000)
        Promissory note                                        (195,000)
                                                           ------------
        Cash paid to sellers                                    460,000
        Cash acquired                                           (32,000)
                                                           ------------
        Net cash paid                                      $    428,000
                                                           ------------
                                                           ------------

</TABLE>

        On September 1, 1996, the Company acquired all of the common stock of 
Abbott Electronics Ltd. ("Abbott"), a British manufacturer of power supplies, 
for approximately $735,000, including transaction expenses.

        On August 1, 1995, the Company acquired all of the assets and assumed 
all of the liabilities of Arnold Circuits, Inc. ("Arnold Circuits") for $1.2 
million in cash, a $200,000 promissory note, 639,000 shares of common stock 
and 1,000 shares each of Series A and B redeemable preferred stock (note 9). 
Arnold Circuits is a manufacturer of printed circuit boards. The acquisition 
of Arnold Circuits has been accounted for as a purchase, and accordingly, the 
results of operations of Arnold Circuits for the two months ended September 
30, 1995 are included in the Company's consolidated statement of operations 
for the year ended September 30, 1995. The 639,000 shares of common stock 
were valued at $656,000 based on the net book value of the assets acquired, 
which approximated fair value, less the preferred stock and the promissory 
note.

        Supplementary information related to the acquisition of Arnold 
Circuits for the year ended September 30, 1995 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

       <S>                                                    <C>
        Assets acquired                                       $    5,665,000
        Liabilities assumed                                       (2,784,000)
        Promissory note                                             (200,000)
        Series A preferred stock                                    (354,000)
        Series B preferred stock                                    (471,000)
        Common stock                                                (656,000)
                                                               -------------
        Cash paid to sellers                                       1,200,000
        Cash acquired                                               (173,000)
                                                               -------------
        Net cash paid                                         $    1,027,000
                                                               -------------
                                                               -------------

</TABLE>

                                      F-19

<PAGE>

                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(3)     ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS OF BUSINESSES (CONTINUED)

        Summarized below are the unaudited pro forma results of operations of
the Company as though Arnold Circuits had been acquired at the beginning of the
year ended September 30, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 1995
                                                                ------
<S>                                                         <C>
Net sales                                                   $   31,369,000
                                                            --------------
                                                            --------------
Net income                                                  $      585,000
                                                            --------------
                                                            --------------
Basic and diluted earnings per share                        $          .12
                                                            --------------
                                                            --------------

</TABLE>

        On July 6, 1994, the Company acquired 84.6% of the common shares 
outstanding of HyComp, Inc. ("HyComp"), a public company, by means of an 
exchange of the Company's common stock for HyComp common stock held by 
Metraplex Corporation and various other officers and directors of HyComp. 
HyComp is a manufacturer of thin film hybrid circuits for industrial, medical 
and military customers. The total purchase price was $306,000 (including 
acquisition costs of $150,000). The Company financed the acquisition through 
cash of $150,000 and the issuance of 227,000 shares of the Company's common 
stock valued at $156,000 based on the net book value of assets acquired, 
which approximated fair value. In May 1996, the Company acquired an 
additional percentage of the common shares outstanding of HyComp, which 
increased the Company's ownership percentage to 90.7%. Also in May 1996, the 
Company acquired 96.1% of the preferred shares outstanding of HyComp. Each of 
these transactions was an exchange of the Company's common stock for the 
respective HyComp stock at recorded amounts that approximate fair value. As 
the result of the exercise of certain HyComp stock options in 1997, the 
Company's ownership of the common shares outstanding of HyComp was reduced to 
88.5%.

        For financial reporting purposes, HyComp's assets, liabilities and 
earnings are consolidated with those of the Company. Ownership interest in 
HyComp, other than that of the Company's, is included in the accompanying 
consolidated financial statements as minority interest, and includes amounts 
applicable to HyComp's preferred stock of $6,000, $6,000, $6,000 and $157,000 
at December 31, 1997 and 1996 and September 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively. 
Dividends on the preferred stock are cumulative at 8% per year, and minority 
interest at December 31, 1997 and 1996 and September 30, 1996 and 1995 
includes cumulative dividends in arrears of $8,000, $8,000, $8,000 and 
$185,000, respectively.

DISPOSITIONS

        On May 31, 1995, XIT sold its Computron Display System Division of 
Mount Prospect, Illinois to LPI Acquisition Corp. of Forest Park, Illinois. 
The principal terms of the sale include a cash purchase price of 
approximately $1.2 million, and the assumption of approximately $694,000 of 
the Computron Division's liabilities. The sale resulted in a gain of $480,000.

                                      F-20

<PAGE>

                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(4)     INVENTORIES

        Inventories are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         1997            1996            1996
                                                         ----            ----            ----
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>            <C> 
Raw materials                                        $  3,044,000    $  2,413,000   $  3,072,000
Work-in-process                                         2,333,000       2,642,000      2,950,000
Finished goods                                          1,710,000       1,242,000        483,000
                                                      -----------    ------------   ------------
                                                     $  7,087,000    $  6,297,000   $  6,505,000
                                                      -----------    ------------   ------------
                                                      -----------    ------------   ------------

</TABLE>

(5)     PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

        Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     1997             1996              1996
                                                     ----             ----              ----
<S>                                            <C>               <C>               <C>

Land and buildings                              $    642,000      $    262,000      $    224,000
Machinery, equipment and fixtures                  7,634,000         7,203,000         7,172,000
Leasehold improvements                               736,000           662,000           576,000
                                                ------------      ------------      ------------
                                                   9,012,000         8,127,000         7,972,000
Accumulated depreciation and amortization         (4,044,000)       (3,121,000)       (2,912,000)
                                                ------------      ------------      ------------
                                                $  4,968,000      $  5,006,000      $  5,060,000
                                                ------------      ------------      ------------
                                                ------------      ------------      ------------

</TABLE>

(6)     INVESTMENT IN PARTNERSHIP

        On December 19, 1996, the Company's XIT subsidiary invested $100,000 
and formed an equal partnership with P&S Development, a California general 
partnership. The partnership, "Capital Source Partners, A Real Estate 
Partnership," obtained ownership rights to a 93,000 square foot facility in, 
Ontario, California. The Company presently occupies 63,000 square feet of 
this facility as a corporate headquarters and as an administrative and 
factory facility for XIT's Digitran Division under a long-term lease from the 
partnership. Immediately following the formation of the partnership, XIT 
obtained a loan from a bank for $750,000 (Note 8), and in turn, loaned such 
funds to the partnership under a note receivable with the same terms and 
conditions. Such funds were utilized to reduce the existing debt secured by 
the real estate. XIT's original investment in the partnership is adjusted for 
the income (loss) attributable to XIT's portion of the partnership's results 
of operations. The investment in the partnership of $126,000 and $105,000 and 
note receivable of $625,000 and $750,000 are included in other assets in the 
accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 1997 and 1996, 
respectively.

                                     F-21

<PAGE>

                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(7)  NOTES PAYABLE

        A summary of notes payable is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         1997            1996            1996
                                                         ----            ----            ----
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>
Line of credit with a bank                           $  2,377,000    $  2,027,000   $  1,999,000
Factoring line of credit with a bank                      185,000              --             --
Foreign subsidiary lines of credit with banks             292,000              --             --
Foreign subsidiary line of credit with a bank             289,000       1,074,000        784,000
Foreign subsidiary line of credit with a bank                  --          39,000         54,000
Notes payable to related parties                          387,000         352,000         27,000
Other notes payable                                       100,000              --             --
                                                      -----------    ------------   ------------
                                                     $  3,630,000    $  3,492,000   $  2,864,000
                                                      -----------     -----------    -----------
                                                      -----------     -----------    -----------

</TABLE>

        The Company's XIT subsidiary has a line of credit with a bank (the "XIT
Debt") which provides for maximum borrowings of $3,500,000 of which $2,377,000
was outstanding at December 31, 1997. The line of credit was renewed on July 22,
1997 and expires on June 25, 1998. The credit line is collateralized by
substantially all assets of XIT and its domestic subsidiaries, bears interest at
the bank's prime rate (8.5% at December 31, 1997) plus 1% and is payable on
demand.

        The XIT Debt agreement requires maintenance of certain financial ratios
and contains other restrictive covenants. XIT was not in compliance with certain
debt covenants at December 31, 1997. Although the bank did not waive compliance
with such debt covenants, it entered into a forbearance agreement with the
Company in which it agreed to forbear through April 30, 1998 from exercising its
rights under the terms of the XIT Debt agreement provided certain events occur,
principally the consummation of the sale of the Company's Xcel Arnold Circuits,
Inc. subsidiary and the Company obtaining a replacement credit facility (see
Notes 16 and 17).

        The Company's CXR Telcom subsidiary has a factoring line of credit with
a bank, borrowings under which are based on an advance rate of 85% of eligible
accounts receivable with no maximum. The line bears interest at the bank's prime
(8.5% at December 31, 1997) plus 2% and an administrative fee of 1% charged on
the average factored balance for invoice processing. At December 31, 1997, this
subsidiary has $185,000 outstanding and has additional borrowings of $292,000
available under this line.

        The Company's French subsidiary has bank lines of credit aggregating
$292,000 at December 31, 1997. Borrowings under the related agreements bear
interest at 5.7% to 5.8% at December 31, 1997 and are based on eligible accounts
receivable. Approximately $293,000 of additional borrowings were available under
the lines at December 31, 1997.

                                     F-22

<PAGE>

                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


        The Company's UK subsidiary has a bank line of credit with $289,000
outstanding at December 31, 1997. Borrowings under the related agreement bear
interest at the bank's base rate (6% at December 31, 1997) plus 2.5% and are
based on eligible accounts receivable. Approximately $277,000 of additional
borrowings were available under the line at December 31, 1997.

        The Company has short-term borrowings from a stockholder and an officer
of a subsidiary aggregating $387,000 at December 31, 1997. Such loans bear no
interest and are payable on demand. Additionally, the Company borrowed $100,000
from a third party which it invested in a real estate partnership. The loan
bears interest at 9.5%, is payable in full on May 15, 1998 and is secured by 25%
of XIT's interest in the partnership (Note 6).

(8)     LONG-TERM DEBT

        A summary of long-term debt follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         1997            1996            1996
                                                         ----            ----            ----
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>            <C>
Term notes payable to bank (a)                       $  2,087,000    $  2,462,000   $  1,825,000
Term note payable to bank (b)                             568,000         767,000        817,000
Term notes payable to foreign banks (c)                   124,000         208,000        194,000
Capitalized lease obligations (d)                         714,000         977,000        515,000
Other promissory notes                                    253,000         208,000        239,000
                                                      -----------    ------------   ------------
                                                        3,746,000       4,622,000      3,590,000
Current portion                                        (1,216,000)     (1,073,000)      (912,000)
                                                     ------------    ------------   ------------
                                                     $  2,530,000    $  3,549,000   $  2,678,000
                                                     ------------    ------------   ------------
                                                     ------------    ------------   ------------

</TABLE>

- --------------------

(a)  Three term notes payable to bank bearing interest at the bank's prime rate
     (8.5% at December 31, 1997) plus 1.25%. The notes are collateralized by
     machinery and equipment and are payable in total monthly principal
     installments of approximately $44,000 through December 1998, $48,000
     through December 2000 and $57,000 plus interest through final maturity
     dates in fiscal 2001.

(b)  The term note payable to bank is collateralized by all the assets of XCEL
     Arnold Circuits, Inc (see Note 17). This note bears interest at the bank's
     prime rate (8.5% at December 31, 1997) plus 1.25%. The note is payable in
     monthly principal installments of $17,000 plus interest through maturity
     date in October 2000.

                                     F-23

<PAGE>

                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(c)  The Company has agreements with several foreign banks which include term
     borrowings which mature serially through 2001. Interest rates on the
     borrowings bear interest at rates ranging from 2.7% to 11.25% and are
     payable in monthly installments. Included in the other term notes is a
     $55,000 note, which is guaranteed by Tokyo Credit Guarantee Corporation on
     behalf of the Company's Japanese subsidiary. The term borrowings are
     collateralized by the assets of the respective subsidiary.

(d)  Capital lease agreements are calculated using interest rates appropriate at
     the inception of the lease and range from 10.5% to 12.3%. Lease liabilities
     are amortized over the lease term using the effective interest method. The
     leases all contain bargain purchase options and expire through 2001.

     Principal maturities related to long-term debt as of December 31, 1997
     are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,                                    AMOUNT
     -----------------------                                     ------
    <S>                                                       <C>
     1998                                                      $   1,216,000
     1999                                                          1,067,000
     2000                                                            863,000
     2001                                                            535,000
     2002                                                             27,000
     Thereafter                                                       38,000
                                                                ------------
                                                               $   3,746,000
                                                                ------------
                                                                ------------

</TABLE>

(9)     REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

        In connection with the Arnold Circuits, Inc. acquisition (see Note 3),
XCEL Arnold Circuits, Inc. issued 1,000 shares each of Series A redeemable
preferred stock (Series A) and Series B redeemable preferred stock (Series B).
In preference to common shares of stock, each Series A and Series B share is
entitled to a cumulative cash dividend of $120 and $160 per year commencing in
June 1996, respectively. The Series A and B shares have a liquidation preference
of and are subject to mandatory redemption by the Company on December 15, 1999
at a value of $30 and $40 per share, respectively, plus all accrued and unpaid
dividends, whether or not declared, to the date of redemption. As of December
31, 1997, the accumulated dividends in arrears were $210,000. The redeemable
preferred stock was recorded at fair value on the date of issuance using an
imputed market rate dividend of 9.5%. The excess of the redemption value over
the carrying value is being accreted by periodic charges to retained earnings
over the original life of the issue.

                                     F-24

<PAGE>

                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


        The following table reflects the redeemable preferred stock activity:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            SERIES A REDEEMABLE         SERIES B REDEEMABLE
                                              PREFERRED STOCK             PREFERRED STOCK
                                         ------------------------   -------------------------
                                         NUMBER OF                  NUMBER OF
                                           SHARES       AMOUNT        SHARES        AMOUNT
                                         ----------  -----------    ----------    -----------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
Balance at September 30, 1994                  --    $        --          --      $       --
Preferred stock issued                      1,000        354,000       1,000         471,000
Accretion of preferred stock                   --          4,000          --           6,000
                                            -----     ----------       -----      ----------
Balance at September 30, 1995               1,000        358,000       1,000         477,000
Accretion of preferred stock                   --         34,000          --          46,000
Preferred stock dividends paid                 --        (60,000)         --         (80,000)
                                            -----     ----------       -----      ----------
Balance at September 30, 1996               1,000        332,000       1,000         443,000
Accretion of preferred stock                   --          8,000          --          11,000
                                            -----                      -----      ----------
Balance at December 31, 1996                1,000        340,000       1,000         454,000
Accretion of preferred stock                   --         26,000          --          34,000
Preferred stock dividends paid                 --        (60,000)         --         (80,000)
                                            -----                      -----       ---------
Balance at December 31, 1997                1,000    $   306,000       1,000       $ 408,000
                                            -----     ----------       -----      ----------
                                            -----     ----------       -----      ----------

</TABLE>

(10)    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

        In April 1997, the Company sold 2,000,000 investment units at $2.50 
per unit. The units consist of one share of common stock and one quarter of a 
warrant to purchase one share of common stock. The warrants have an exercise 
price of $3.45. The proceeds to the Company were $4,258,000 (net of $600,000 
of commissions and $142,000 for other expenses). In connection with this 
transaction, 200,000 warrants were issued to the placement agents at an 
exercise price of $2.66.

Stock Options and Warrants

        The Company has the ability to issue options to purchase its common
stock issued under the following arrangements:

- -   Employee Stock and Stock Option Plan, effective July 1, 1994, providing for
    non-qualified stock options as well as restricted and non-restricted stock
    awards to both employees and outside consultants. Up to 520,000 shares may
    be granted or optioned under this plan. Terms of related grants under the
    plan are at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

                                     F-25

<PAGE>

                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(10)    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)

- -   Stock Option Plan adopted in 1993, providing for the granting of up to
    300,000 incentive stock options to purchase stock at not less than the
    current market value on the date of grant. Options granted under this plan
    vest ratably over three years and expire 10 years after date of grant.

- -   The MicroTel International Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1997 Plan")
    provides that options granted may be either qualified or nonqualified stock
    options and are required to be granted at fair market value at the date of
    grant. Subject to termination of employment, options may expire up to ten
    years from the date of grant and are nontransferable other than in the event
    of death, disability or certain other transfers that the committee of the
    Board of Directors administering the 1997 Plan may permit. Up to 1,600,000
    stock options may be granted under the 1997 Plan. All outstanding options of
    former optionholders under the XIT 1987 Employee Stock Option Plan were
    converted to options under the 1997 Plan as of the date of the merger
    between the Company and XIT at the exchange rate of 1.451478 (see Note 2).

        The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under the "intrinsic
value" method. Under this method, no compensation expense is recorded for these
plans and arrangements for current employees whose grants provide for exercise
prices at or above the market price on the date of grant. Compensation or other
expense is recorded based on intrinsic value (excess of market price over
exercise price on date of grant) for employees, and fair value of the option
awards for others.

        The following table shows activity in the outstanding options.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   THREE
                                             YEAR                  MONTHS        YEAR         YEAR
                                             ENDED     WEIGHTED     ENDED        ENDED        ENDED
                                            DEC. 31,    AVERAGE    DEC. 31,     SEP. 30,     SEP. 30,
                                              1997      EXERCISE     1996         1996         1995
                                             SHARES      PRICE      SHARES       SHARES       SHARES
                                             ------      -----      ------       ------       ------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
Outstanding at beginning of period           842,000      $1.89      874,000     874,000           --
Granted                                       96,000       1.69       41,000          --      874,000
XIT/MicroTel merger                        1,146,000       2.65           --          --           --
Exercised                                    (30,000)      3.23           --          --           --
Canceled                                     (55,000)      2.31      (73,000)         --           --
                                           ---------       ----     --------     -------      -------
Outstanding at end of period               1,999,000      $2.32      842,000     874,000      874,000
                                           ---------       ----     --------     -------      -------
                                           ---------       ----     --------     -------      -------

</TABLE>

                                      F-26

<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(10)    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)


        Options exercisable as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and September 30,
1996 and 1995 are as follows:

<TABLE>

                                    DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                        1997            1996            1996             1996
                                        ----            ----            ----             ----
<S>                                 <C>            <C>             <C>              <C>
Exercisable                           1,843,000          821,000        874,000          874,000
                                      ---------
                                      ---------
Weighted Average Exercise Price         $2.32           $1.91          $1.89            $1.89
                                        -----           -----          -----            -----
                                        -----           -----          -----            -----

</TABLE>

        Weighted average exercise prices for 1997 are calculated at prices
effective as of December 31, 1997. The fair value of options granted during 1997
was $132,000, at a weighted average value of $1.37 per share.

Exercise prices for options outstanding as of December 31, 1997 generally ranged
from $1.69 to $3.45 per share and the weighted average remaining contractual
life for these options was 4.7 years. The fair value of options granted during
the three months ended December 31, 1996 and the year ended September 30, 1995
were $29,000 and $735,000, at weighted average prices of $.72 and $.84 per
share, respectively.

        If the Company had instead elected the fair value method of accounting
for stock-based compensation, compensation cost would be accrued at the
estimated fair value of all stock option grants over the service period,
regardless of later changes in stock prices and price volatility. The fair value
at date of grant for options granted in 1997 has been estimated based on a
modified Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions: no dividend
yield; expected volatility of approximately 73%, based on historical results;
risk-free interest rate of 5.1%; and average expected lives of approximately ten
years. The fair value at date of grant for options granted in 1996 and 1995 has
been estimated using the minimum value method with the following assumptions: no
dividend yield; risk-free interest rates of 6.0% and 6.5%, respectively and the
actual remaining life of the option.


                                     F-27
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(10)    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)

        The following table sets forth the net income (loss), income (loss)
available for common stockholders and earnings (loss) per share amounts for the
periods presented as if the Company had elected the fair value method of
accounting for stock options.

<TABLE>

                                                          
                                                          THREE MONTHS
                                             YEAR ENDED       ENDED       YEAR ENDED   YEAR ENDED
                                              DEC. 31,      DEC. 31,       SEP. 30,     SEP. 30,
                                                1997          1996           1996         1995
                                                ----          ----           ----         ----
<S>                                          <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>
                                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
NET INCOME (LOSS)
     As reported                              $ (9,693)    $   (905)       $  1,083     $    337
     Pro forma                                $ (9,825)    $   (934)       $  1,083     $   (398)
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE FOR COMMON
   STOCKHOLDERS
     As reported                              $ (9,753)    $   (924)       $  1,003     $    327
     Pro forma                                $ (9,885)    $   (953)       $  1,003     $   (408)
BASIC AND DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
     As reported                              $   (.96)    $   (.15)       $    .17     $    .07
     Pro forma                                $   (.98)    $   (.16)       $    .17     $   (.08)

</TABLE>

        Additional incremental compensation expense includes the excess of fair
values of options granted during the year over any compensation amounts recorded
for options whose exercise prices were less than the market value at date of
grant, and for any expense recorded for non-employee grants. Additional
incremental compensation expense also includes the excess of the fair value at
modification date of options repriced or extended over the value of the old
options immediately before modification. All such incremental compensation is
amortized over the related vesting period, or expensed immediately if fully
vested. The above calculations include the effects of all grants in the periods
presented. Because options often vest over several years and additional awards
are made each year, the results shown above may not be representative of the
effects on net income (loss) in future years.


                                     F-28
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(10)    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)

        The Board of Directors has also authorized the issuance of common stock
purchase warrants to certain officers, directors, stockholders, key employees
and other parties as follows:

<TABLE>

                                                                           WARRANT PRICE
                                                     NUMBER OF        -----------------------
                                                       SHARES         PER SHARE         TOTAL
                                                       ------         ---------         -----
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>                 <C>
Balance outstanding, September 30, 1995                 908,000     $1.21 to 3.79    $ 2,435,000
Warrants issued                                         363,000         3.44           1,248,000
Warrants canceled                                       (73,000)    3.44 to 3.79        (252,000)
                                                      ---------                        ----------
Balance outstanding, September 30, 1996 and
   December 31, 1996                                  1,198,000     1.21 to 3.79       3,431,000
Warrant - MicroTel merger                               122,000         2.50             305,000
Warrants issued                                       1,170,000     2.13 to 3.45       3,410,000
                                                      ---------                        ----------
Balance outstanding, December 31, 1997                2,490,000     $1.21 to 3.79    $ 7,146,000
                                                      ---------                        ----------
                                                      ---------                        ----------

</TABLE>

        The Company has an Employee Stock Purchase Plan allowing eligible
employees to purchase shares of the Company's common stock at 85% of market
value. During 1997, 6,000 shares had been issued pursuant to the plan with
39,000 shares reserved for future issuance.

        At December 31, 1997, the total number of shares reserved for issuance
upon exercise of stock options and warrants or direct grants was 4,919,000
shares.

DEBT TO EQUITY CONVERSION

        In March 1997, the Company converted $44,000 in various promissory notes
to 55,000 shares of common stock. In September 1996, the Company converted
$123,000 in various promissory notes to 179,000 shares of common stock. In
September 1995, the Company converted $208,000 in various promissory notes to a
current stockholder to 289,000 shares of common stock.

SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTE

        During 1997, the Company entered into an amendment to an agreement with
a former officer in settlement of a claim made by such officer for certain
amounts purportedly owed to him by the Company. In connection with the amended
agreement, the Company issued the former officer 80,000 shares of its common
stock valued at $190,000, the fair market value of the common stock on the date
of issuance.


                                       F-29
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(11)    NON-RECURRING CHARGES; IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL

        The Company assesses the recoverability of its goodwill whenever adverse
events or change in circumstances or business climate indicates that expected
future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) for individual
business units may not be sufficient to support recorded goodwill. During the
third quarter ended September 30, 1997 the Company, due to declines in profit
margins and continuing operating losses, wrote-off the carrying value of
goodwill originating with the acquisition in 1986 of the Digitran division of
Becton Dickenson and the acquisition of HyComp, Inc. in 1993. The Company also
wrote-down the carrying value of goodwill originating from the reverse
acquisition with XIT (see Note 2) to its net realizable value. These write-downs
totaled $5,693,000 and were charged to operations.

(12)    INCOME TAXES

        The Company files a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. This
return includes all domestic companies 80% or more owned by the Company and the
proportionate share of its interest in partnership investments. State tax
returns are filed on a consolidated, combined or separate basis depending on the
applicable laws relating to the Company and its domestic subsidiaries.

        Income (loss) before income taxes was taxed under the following
jurisdictions:

<TABLE>

                         YEAR ENDED      THREE MONTHS ENDED      YEAR ENDED         YEAR ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31,        DECEMBER 31,       SEPTEMBER 30,       SEPTEMBER 30,
                            1997                1996                1996               1995
                            ----                ----                ----               ----
<S>                    <C>               <C>                   <C>                <C>
Domestic               $    (9,721,000)    $      (882,000)    $       870,000    $       398,000
Foreign                        125,000               7,000             235,000            (52,000)
                       ---------------     ---------------     ---------------    ---------------
Total                  $    (9,596,000)    $      (875,000)    $     1,105,000    $       346,000
                       ---------------     ---------------     ---------------    ---------------
                       ---------------     ---------------     ---------------    ---------------

</TABLE>

        Income tax expense consists of the following:

<TABLE>

                                          
                           YEAR ENDED        THREE MONTHS        YEAR ENDED          YEAR ENDED
                          DECEMBER 31,    ENDED DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,      SEPTEMBER 30,
                              1997               1996               1996                1995
                              ----               ----               ----                ----
<S>                       <C>             <C>                   <C>                <C>
CURRENT:
     Federal              $         --       $         --       $      6,000        $         --
     State                      17,000             16,000             11,000               5,000
     Foreign                    80,000             14,000              5,000               4,000
                           -----------         ----------         ----------         -----------
                          $     97,000       $     30,000       $     22,000        $      9,000
                           -----------         ----------         ----------         -----------
                           -----------         ----------         ----------         -----------

</TABLE>


                                             F-30
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(12)    INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)


        Income tax expense (benefit) differs from the amount obtained by
applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to income (loss) before
income taxes as follows:

<TABLE>

                                                    THREE MONTHS
                                     YEAR ENDED        ENDED          YEAR ENDED       YEAR ENDED
                                    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                        1997            1996             1996             1995
                                        ----            ----             ----             ----
<S>                                 <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>
Tax at U. S. federal statutory      $  (3,263,000)  $    (297,000)  $     296,000    $     135,000
   rate
State taxes, net of federal
   income tax benefit                      17,000          16,000          7,000            5,000
Foreign income taxes                       80,000          14,000          5,000            4,000
Net operating losses utilized                  --              --        (62,000)        (191,000)
Write-down of goodwill                  1,936,000              --             --               --
Losses with no current benefit          1,096,000         283,000       (307,000)              --
Permanent differences                     157,000          15,000         54,000           53,000
Other                                      74,000          (1,000)        29,000            3,000
                                     ------------    ------------   ------------     ------------
                                    $      97,000   $      30,000  $      22,000    $       9,000
                                     ------------    ------------   ------------     ------------
                                     ------------    ------------   ------------     ------------

</TABLE>

        Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant
components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

<TABLE>

                                                     DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         1997            1996            1996
                                                         ----            ----            ----
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>             <C>
Deferred tax assets:
     Allowance for doubtful accounts                 $     61,000     $     22,000   $     20,000
          Inventory reserves and uniform
          capitalization                                  449,000          225,000        238,000
     Accrued vacation                                     174,000          146,000        137,000
     Warranty reserve                                      45,000            3,000          3,000
     Other accrued liabilities                            103,000           76,000          8,000
     Deferred compensation                                588,000               --             --
     Research credit carryforwards                        256,000               --             --
        Alternative Minimum Tax credit
          carryforwards                                   134,000               --             --
     Net operating loss carryforwards                  10,786,000        3,148,000      2,789,000
                                                      -----------      -----------    -----------

</TABLE>

                                                   F-31
<PAGE>


                           MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(12)    INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>

                                                     DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         1997            1996             1996
                                                         ----            ----             ----
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>              <C>
     Total deferred tax assets                         12,596,000        3,620,000       3,195,000
        Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets   (12,263,000)      (3,596,000)     (2,986,000)
                                                      -----------      -----------     -----------
     Net deferred tax assets                              333,000           24,000         209,000
Deferred tax liabilities-depreciation                    (333,000)         (24,000)       (209,000)
                                                      -----------      -----------     -----------
        Net deferred taxes                           $         --     $         --    $         --
                                                      -----------      -----------     -----------
                                                      -----------      -----------     -----------

</TABLE>

        As of December 31, 1997, the Company has a federal net operating loss
carryforward of approximately $30,700,000 which expires at various dates between
2001 and 2012 and a state net operating loss carryforward of approximately
$5,900,000 which expires at various dates between 1998 and 2002.

        As a result of the merger with XIT (Note 2), the Company experienced a
more than 50% ownership change for federal income tax purposes. As a result, an
annual limitation will be placed upon the Company's ability to realize the
benefit of its net operating loss and credit carryforwards. The amount of this
annual limitation, as well as the impact of the application of other possible
limitations under the consolidated return regulations, has not been definitively
determined at this time. Management believes sufficient uncertainty exists
regarding the realizability of the deferred tax asset items and that a valuation
allowance, equal to the net deferred tax asset amount, is required.


                                     F-32
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(13)    EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

        The following table illustrates the computation of basic and diluted
earnings (loss) per share:

<TABLE>

                                                             THREE MONTHS      YEAR ENDED     YEAR ENDED
                                               YEAR ENDED        ENDED       SEPTEMBER 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,        1996           1995
                                                  1997            1996            ----           ----
                                                  ----            ----
      <S>                                     <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
      NUMERATOR:
           Net income (loss)                   $(9,693,000)    $  (905,000)    $ 1,083,000    $   337,000
                Less: accretion of the
                excess of the redemption
                value over the carrying
                value of redeemable                 60,000          19,000          80,000         10,000
                                                ----------      ----------      ----------     ----------
                preferred stock
      Income available for common
         stockholders                          $(9,753,000)    $  (924,000)    $ 1,003,000    $   327,000
                                                ----------      ----------      ----------     ----------
                                                ----------      ----------      ----------     ----------

      DENOMINATOR:
      Weighted average number of common
         shares outstanding during the          10,137,000       6,064,000       5,841,000      4,995,000
                                                ----------      ----------      ----------     ----------
         period
      Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per
         share                                 $      (.96)   $       (.15)    $        .17  $        .07
                                                ----------      ----------      ----------     ----------
                                                ----------      ----------      ----------     ----------

</TABLE>

        The computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share excludes the effect
of incremental common shares attributable to the exercise of outstanding common
stock options and warrants because their effect was antidilutive due to losses
incurred by the Company or such instruments had exercise prices greater than the
average market price of the common shares during periods presented. See summary
of outstanding stock options and warrants in Note 10.

(14)    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LEASES

        The Company conducts most of its operations from leased facilities under
operating leases which expire at various dates through 2002. The leases
generally require the Company to pay all maintenance, insurance and property tax
costs and contain provisions for rent increases. Total rent expense for the year
ended December 31, 1997, the three months ended December 31, 1996 and the years
ended September 30, 1996 and 1995 was $2,477,000, $595,000, $1,135,000 and
$643,000, respectively.


                                      F-33
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(14)    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)

        The future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that
have initial or remaining noncancellable lease terms in excess of one year are
as follows:

<TABLE>

         YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,                                AMOUNT
         ------------------------                                ------
         <S>                                               <C>
         1998                                              $     1,357,000
         1999                                                      865,000
         2000                                                      641,000
         2001                                                      328,000
         2002                                                      124,000
                                                            --------------
                                                           $     3,315,000
                                                            --------------
                                                            --------------

</TABLE>

        Included in the above amounts is annual rent of $454,000 payable under a
lease to a real estate partnership which is 50% owned by the Company (Note 6).
The lease expires in August 2000.

LITIGATION

        The Company and its subsidiaries are, from time to time, involved in
legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of
business. While the amounts claimed may be substantial, the ultimate liability
cannot presently be determined because of considerable uncertainties that exist.
Therefore, it is possible the outcome of such legal proceedings, claims and
litigation could have a material effect on quarterly or annual operating results
or cash flows when resolved in a future period. However, based on facts
currently available, management believes such matters will not have a material
adverse affect on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.

JACOBSON V. CXR

        In September 1994, Raymond Jacobson, a former officer and director of
the Company and a participant in the Company's deferred compensation plan,
brought an action against the Company in the California Superior Court, Santa
Clara County, alleging that the Company breached its contract to pay Mr.
Jacobson $3,495 bi-weekly for life under his deferred compensation agreement
dated May 11, 1993 (the "1993 Agreement"), by discontinuing payment in August
1994. The 1993 Agreement superseded a previous deferred compensation agreement
dated April 1, 1977 (the "1977 Agreement") which had provided for twice the
level of payments. Mr. Jacobson was claiming damages of approximately
$1,200,000, which he purported to be the present value of all payments to be
made under the 1993 Agreement. In June 1995, the Company paid Mr. Jacobson all
amounts past due under the contract plus interest and reinstated the bi-weekly
payments, which have continued to date.


                                     F-34

<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(14)    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)

        On May 20, 1996, Daniel Dror & Co, Inc. ("DDC") instituted a suit
against Mr. Jacobson in the District Court for Galveston County, Texas alleging
damages arising from DDC's investment of more than $2,000,000 for the purchase
of 1,072,000 shares of the Company's common stock. On February 11, 1997, Mr.
Jacobson, through his attorney, demanded that the Company indemnify him, hold
him harmless and pay for the cost of defense, including reasonable attorney's
fees and costs in connection with the litigation instituted against him by DDC.
This suit was subsequently dismissed by DDC.

        On February 14, 1997, Mr. Jacobson, through his attorney, gave notice to
the Company that he believed that the litigation instituted against him by DDC
provided a basis for him to rescind the 1993 Agreement and assert his rights to
full payment under the 1977 Agreement. A motion for leave to amend the claim
against the Company to include this assertion was filed with the court.

        Notwithstanding the above, the Company management and Mr. Jacobson
conducted settlement discussions since June 1996, and the Company believes that
an enforceable settlement was reached on January 22, 1997. Mr. Jacobson
apparently disclaims this agreement based on the actions noted above. On
February 28, 1997, the Company filed a motion for leave to file a cross-claim
asserting that the January 22, 1997 agreement supersedes all previous agreements
with Mr. Jacobson.

        A court supervised settlement conference with Mr. Jacobson was held on
March 26, 1997. Although a tentative settlement was reached, the settlement was
subject to fulfillment by the Company of a number of conditions subsequent which
did not occur and therefore was not binding on either party. Subsequent thereto,
several alternative settlement offers have been proposed by plaintiff's counsel,
none of which are acceptable to the Company.

        The Company's motion for leave to cross-claim and Mr. Jacobson's motion
for leave to amend his complaint were granted and on August 25, 1997, Mr.
Jacobson filed an amended complaint. On September 24, 1997, the Company filed a
demurrer to Mr. Jacobson's second amended complaint which was denied on November
18, 1997.

        A court supervised settlement conference with Mr. Jacobson was held on
February 5, 1998 and a settlement was reached. The value of the settlement was
not materially different than the amount previously recorded by the Company for
the deferred compensation arrangement, which approximates $1,000,000 at December
31, 1997 and which also approximates the value of the tentative settlement
reached on March 26, 1997.

SCHEINFELD V. MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                                    F-35
<PAGE>



                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(14)    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)

        In October 1996, David Scheinfeld brought an action in the Supreme Court
of the State of New York, County of New York, to recover monetary damages in the
amount of $300,000 allegedly sustained by the failure of the Company, its stock
transfer agent and its counsel to timely deliver and register 30,000 shares of
Common Stock for which payment had been made. The Company was informed by Mr.
Scheinfeld that in order to settle his claims, the Company would have to issue
him unrestricted shares of common stock. Since the Company cannot issue
unrestricted shares (absent registration), the Company answered Mr. Scheinfeld's
motion and sought to compel him to serve a complaint upon the defendants. On
June 30, 1997, the complaint was served, and the Company has subsequently
answered, denying the material allegations of the complaint. In August 1997, the
Company served discovery requests on Mr. Scheinfeld, who was initially obligated
to respond by September 12, 1997. On March 2, 1998, Mr. Scheinfeld responded to
such discovery requests which response is currently under review by counsel to
the Company.

DANIEL DROR V. MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

        In November 1996, the Company entered into an agreement (the
"Agreement") with the former Chairman of the Company, which involved certain
mutual obligations. In December 1997, the former Chairman defaulted on the
repayment of the first installment of a debt obligation which was an obligation
set forth in the Agreement. Also in December 1997, the former Chairman of the
Company, filed suit in the District Court for Galveston County, Texas alleging
the Company has breached an alleged oral modification of the Agreement. In
January 1998, the Company answered the complaint denying the allegation and the
matter is currently being litigated in Texas. The Company believes that the
former Chairman's claim is without merit and intends to vigorously defend
itself. The Company is also in the process of bringing an action in California
against the former Chairman for breach of the Agreement.

OTHER LITIGATION

        In December 1997, a stockholder of the Company brought an action in
Texas against the Company's current Chairman and an unrelated party, alleging
certain misrepresentations during the merger discussions between XIT and the
Company (see Note 2). The Company has moved to dismiss this suit on
jurisdictional grounds and will vigorously defend the current Chairman on the
merits should the matter not be dismissed.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

        The Company sponsors several defined contribution plans ("401(k) Plans")
covering the majority of its U.S. domestic employees. Participants may make
voluntary pretax contributions to such plans up to the limit as permitted by
law. Annual contributions to any plan by the Company is discretionary. No
contributions by the Company have been made to any of the 401(k) Plans to date.

                                    F-36
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(15)    EXPORT SALES, GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENT, AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS INFORMATION

        A summary of the Company's net sales, operating income (loss) and
identifiable assets by geographical area follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         THREE MONTHS
                                         YEAR ENDED          ENDED          YEAR ENDED        YEAR ENDED
                                        DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,     SEPTEMBER 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                           1997              1996              1996              1995
                                       -------------    --------------    --------------     --------------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>               <C>                <C>
    Net sales:
         North America                $   28,098,000    $    6,012,000    $   27,854,000     $   16,118,000
         Asia                                857,000           333,000         1,211,000          1,859,000
         Europe                           14,143,000         1,541,000         2,184,000          1,625,000
                                       -------------     -------------     -------------      -------------
                                      $   43,098,000    $    7,886,000    $   31,249,000     $   19,602,000
                                       -------------     -------------     -------------      -------------
                                       -------------     -------------     -------------      -------------
    Operating income (loss) (1):
         North America                $   (9,196,000)   $     (603,000)   $    1,047,000     $     (105,000)
         Asia                                (80,000)           16,000           (54,000)            48,000
         Europe                              604,000           (92,000)          511,000            129,000
                                       -------------     -------------     -------------      -------------
                                      $   (8,672,000)   $     (679,000)   $    1,504,000     $       72,000
                                       -------------     -------------     -------------      -------------
                                       -------------     -------------     -------------      -------------
    Identifiable assets:
         North America                $   22,002,000    $   15,219,000    $   14,848,000     $   14,036,000
         Asia                                678,000         1,110,000           937,000          1,062,000
         Europe                            2,760,000         4,235,000         3,828,000            857,000
                                       -------------     -------------     -------------      -------------
                                      $   25,440,000    $   20,564,000    $   19,613,000     $   15,955,000
                                       -------------     -------------     -------------      -------------
                                       -------------     -------------     -------------      -------------
</TABLE>
- -----------

(1)  Operating loss for North America for the year ended December 31, 1997
     includes a write-down of goodwill of $5,693,000 (see Note 11).

        In determining operating income (loss) for each geographic area, sales
and purchases between geographic areas have been accounted for on the basis of
prices set between the geographic areas, generally at cost plus 5%. Identifiable
assets by geographic area are those assets that are used in the Company's
operations in each location.

                                     F-37
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(15)    EXPORT SALES, GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENT, AND MAJOR CUSTOMERS INFORMATION

        Export sales included in the North America amounts shown in the summary
table by geographic area above were not significant.

        The Company had sales to one customer which accounted for approximately
14%, 34%, 41% and 13% of net sales for year ended December 31, 1997, the three
months ended December 31, 1996 and the years ended September 30, 1996 and 1995,
respectively. The accounts receivable balance from this customer was
approximately 4%, 20% and 24% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 1997
and 1996 and September 30, 1996, respectively.

(16)    GOING CONCERN

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared
assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. During the year ended
December 31, 1997 and the three months ended December 31, 1996, the Company
experienced significant operating losses and had negative cash flow from
operations. Additionally, the Company is in default of the XIT Debt agreement
(Note 7) as XIT is not in compliance with certain debt covenants contained
therein. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to
continue as a going concern. The consolidated financial statements do not
include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Although management has been successful in obtaining working capital to fund
operations to date, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
generate additional capital in the future.

        While the Company was profitable for the fiscal year ended September 30,
1996 and had cash flow from operations of $789,000, during the following fifteen
months ended December 31, 1997, the Company experienced significant operating
losses and had negative cash flows from operations aggregating $2,232,000.
During this same period, the Company's Xcel Arnold Circuits, Inc. subsidiary
("XACI") experienced significant operating losses and had negative cash flows
from operations of $2,550,000 requiring the Company to invest capital to support
the operating losses and working capital needs of XACI. Consequently, the
Company sold XACI in 1998 (see Note 17).

        Also during 1997, the Company developed a corporate finance program
designed to obtain an expanded and consolidated domestic credit facility to
provide substantial additional working capital and replace the Company's
existing fragmented and limited domestic debt structure. The finance program
also involves the potential private placement of the Company's common stock and
warrants to purchase the Company's common stock and the potential sale of one of
the Company's profitable subsidiaries. Additionally, management is exploring the
potential to leverage its existing European operation to provide additional
working capital for operations and acquisitions. Finally, management has
developed and is implementing plans to reduce certain existing cost structures,
improve operating efficiencies and strengthen the Company's operating
infrastructure.

                                     F-38
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1995


(17)    SUBSEQUENT EVENT

        On January 9, 1998, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to
sell certain of the assets of its Xcel Arnold Circuits, Inc. subsidiary
("XACI"), a manufacturer of multi-layer bare printed circuit boards. On April 9,
1998, the Company completed the sale and received $1,350,000 in cash and a note
receivable aggregating $650,000, which is payable over the three years from the
date of sale. The proceeds from this sale were used to partially repay amounts
due under certain notes payable. The sale resulted in a gain of approximately
$580,000. Summarized below are unaudited pro forma financial information of the
Company as though the assets had been sold at the beginning of the year ended
December 31, 1997 (in thousands of dollars, except per share amount).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 <S>                                               <C>
     Net sales                                        $    34,068
     Net loss                                         $     7,327
     Basic and diluted loss per share                 $       .72
     Total assets                                     $    21,021
</TABLE>

                                     F-39
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                   SCHEDULE II
                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
      YEAR END DECEMBER 31, 1997, THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND
                    YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996, AND 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               ADDITIONS
                                                BALANCE AT     CHARGED TO     DEDUCTIONS
                                               BEGINNING OF    COSTS AND     WRITE OFFS OF    BALANCE AT
DESCRIPTION                                       PERIOD        EXPENSES       ACCOUNTS     END OF PERIOD
                                              -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>         
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
    Year ended December 31, 1997                $   63,000        251,000        (73,000)     $  241,000
    Three months ended December 31, 1996            47,000         16,000             --          63,000
    Year ended September 30, 1996                   57,000         17,000        (27,000)         47,000
    Year ended September 30, 1995                  123,000         41,000       (107,000)         57,000
                                                ----------      ---------     ----------      ----------
                                                ----------      ---------     ----------      ----------
Allowance for inventory obsolescence:
    Year ended December 31, 1997                $  685,000      3,134,000     (1,963,000)     $1,856,000
    Three months ended December 31, 1996           322,000        416,000        (53,000)        685,000
    Year ended September 30, 1996                  419,000        211,000       (308,000)        322,000
    Year ended September 30, 1995                  677,000        265,000       (523,000)        419,000
                                                ----------      ---------     ----------      ----------
                                                ----------      ---------     ----------      ----------
</TABLE>
                                     F-40
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PROFORMA
                                                                        (SEE NOTE 7)
                                                           JUNE 30,       JUNE 30,        DEC. 31,
                                                             1998           1998            1997
                                                         -------------   ------------   -------------
                                                          (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>            <C>        
ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents                                 $    923        $  2,311       $  1,921
  Accounts receivable                                          6,849           6,849          6,749
  Inventories                                                  6,288           6,288          7,087
  Other current assets                                           715             715            869
                                                             -------         -------        -------
     Total current assets                                     14,775          16,163         16,626

Property, plant and equipment-net                              2,032           2,032          4,968
Goodwill-net                                                   1,809           1,809          1,906
Other assets                                                   2,490           2,602          1,940
                                                             -------         -------        -------
                                                            $ 21,106        $ 22,606       $ 25,440
                                                             -------         -------        -------
                                                             -------         -------        -------
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Notes payable                                               $  4,320        $  4,320       $  3,630
Current portion of long-term debt                                880             880          1,216
Accounts payable                                               4,540           4,540          6,621
Accrued expenses                                               3,542           3,542          3,837
                                                             -------         -------        -------
     Total current liabilities                                13,282          13,282         15,304

Long-term debt, less current portion                           1,664           1,664          2,530
Other liabilities                                                720             720            789
Minority interest                                                 94              94             88
                                                             -------         -------        -------
     Total liabilities                                        15,760          15,760         18,711

Redeemable preferred stock                                       459           1,836            714

Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock                                                    39              39             39
  Additional paid-in capital                                  20,005          20,128         19,960
  Accumulated deficit                                        (14,874)        (14,874)       (13,707)
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss                          (283)           (283)          (277)
                                                             --------        -------        -------
     Total stockholders' equity                                4,887           5,010          6,015
                                                             -------         -------        -------
                                                            $ 21,106        $ 22,606       $ 25,440
                                                             -------         -------        -------
                                                             -------         -------        -------
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated condensed financial statements.

                                     F-41
<PAGE>


                          MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
     CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 THREE MONTHS ENDED             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                      JUNE 30,                      JUNE 30,
                                                1998           1997            1998            1997
                                            -------------  --------------  --------------  -------------
<S>                                         <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>
Net sales                                      $   8,971      $  12,029       $  18,713      $  19,736
Cost of sales                                      5,555          8,875          13,061         14,972
                                                --------       --------        --------       --------
Gross profit                                       3,416          3,154           5,652          4,764

Operating expenses:
      Selling, general and administrative          2,796          3,643           5,914          5,555
      Engineering and product development            574            694           1,145            792
                                                --------       --------        --------       --------

Income (loss) from operations                         46         (1,183)         (1,407)        (1,583)

Other expense (income)
      Interest expense                               177            262             344            460
      Gain on sale of subsidiary                      90             --            (580)            --
      Other                                          (25)            (8)            (43)            (7)
                                                --------       --------        --------       --------

Loss before income taxes                            (196)        (1,437)         (1,128)        (2,036)

Income tax expense (benefit)                          22             (2)             37              2
                                                --------       --------        --------       --------

Net loss                                            (218)        (1,435)         (1,165)        (2,038)
                                                --------       --------        --------      ---------

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
      Foreign currency translation                    54             --              (7)            --
      adjustment
      Accretion of preferred stock                    --             17              13             34
                                                --------       --------        --------       --------

Comprehensive loss                             $    (272)    $   (1,452)      $  (1,171)    $   (2,072)
                                                --------       --------        --------       --------
                                                --------       --------        --------       --------
Basic and diluted loss per share               $   (0.02)    $    (0.13)      $   (0.10)     $   (0.24)
                                                --------       --------        --------       --------
                                                --------       --------        --------       --------

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated condensed financial statements.

                                     F-42

<PAGE>


                          MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                 CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                           JUNE 30,
                                                                   1998                1997
                                                                ------------        -----------
<S>                                                             <C>               <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
       Net loss                                                   $(1,165)          $(2,038)
       Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in
       operating activities:
            Depreciation and amortization                             312               356
            Amortization of intangibles                                97               287
            Gain on sale of subsidiary                               (580)               --
            Other noncash items                                       (64)               46
            Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                 Accounts receivable                                 (515)           (1,177)
                 Inventories                                            6             1,265
                 Other assets                                         (56)              (62)
                 Accounts payable and accrued expenses               (295)           (1,443)
                                                                  -------           -------
Cash used in operating activities                                  (2,260)           (2,766)
                                                                  -------           -------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
       Net purchases of property, plant and equipment                (178)              (23)
       Proceeds from sale of subsidiary                             1,350                --
       Cash acquired in reverse acquisition                            --               264
                                                                  -------           -------
Cash provided by investing activities                               1,172               241
                                                                  -------           -------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
       Net borrowings from notes payable                              640              (699)
       Net repayments of long-term debt                            (1,015)             (476)
       Preferred stock dividends paid                                  --              (140)
       Private placement of convertible preferred stock               459                --
       Private placement of common stock                               --             4,258
                                                                  -------           -------
Cash provided by financing activities                                  84             2,943
                                                                  -------           -------

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH                                 6                --
                                                                  -------           -------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                 (998)              418

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD                    1,921               886
                                                                  -------           -------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD                        $   923           $ 1,304
                                                                  -------           -------
                                                                  -------           -------
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated condensed financial statements.


                                     F-43
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

              NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

WHEN USED IN THESE NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, THE
WORDS "MAY," "WILL," "EXPECT," "ANTICIPATE," "CONTINUE," "ESTIMATE," "PROJECT,"
"INTEND," "SHOULD," "BELIEVE" AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 27A OF THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933 AND SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 REGARDING
EVENTS, CONDITIONS AND FINANCIAL TRENDS THAT MAY AFFECT THE COMPANY'S FUTURE
PLANS OF OPERATIONS, BUSINESS STRATEGY, OPERATING COSTS AND FINANCIAL POSITION.
SPECIFICALLY, FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE INCLUDED IN NOTES 5 AND 7 HEREOF.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED THAT ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ARE NOT
GUARANTEES OF FUTURE PERFORMANCE AND ARE SUBJECT TO RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES AND
THAT ACTUAL RESULTS MAY DIFFER MATERIALLY THAN THOSE INCLUDED WITHIN THE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF VARIOUS FACTORS.

(1)     SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS

               MicroTel International, Inc. (the "Company") is a holding company
        for its three wholly-owned subsidiaries- CXR Telcom Corporation, CXR
        S.A. and, effective March 26, 1997, XIT Corporation ("XIT"). CXR Telcom
        Corporation and CXR S.A. design, manufacture and market electronic
        telecommunication test instruments and data transmission and networking
        equipment. XIT designs, manufactures, and markets information technology
        products, including displays and input components, subsystem assemblies,
        power supplies, hybrid microelectronic and other circuits. The Company
        conducts its operations out of various facilities in the U.S., France,
        England, and Japan and organizes itself in three product line sectors -
        Instrumentation and Test Equipment, Components and Subsystem Assemblies,
        and Circuits.

        BASIS OF PRESENTATION

               The accompanying unaudited consolidated condensed financial
        statements have been prepared in accordance with the rules and
        regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and therefore do
        not include all information and footnotes necessary for a complete
        presentation of financial position, results of operations and cash flows
        in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The
        unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements do, however,
        reflect all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring
        adjustments, which are, in the opinion of management, necessary to state
        fairly the financial position as of June 30, 1998 and the results of
        operations and cash flows for the related interim periods ended June 30,
        1998 and 1997. However, these results are not necessarily indicative of
        results for any other interim period or for the year. It is suggested
        that the accompanying consolidated condensed financial statements be
        read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements
        included in its 1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

                                     F-44
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

              NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


               In the first quarter of 1998, the Company adopted Statement of
        Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income"
        ("SFAS 130"). Comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of net income
        (loss) and all changes to stockholders' equity except those due to
        investment by owners (changes in paid-in capital) and distributions to
        owners (dividends). Accordingly, all periods presented in the
        accompanying unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements
        reflect the application of the provisions of this statement.

(2)     LOSS PER SHARE

               The following table illustrates the computation of basic and
        diluted loss per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED            SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                        JUNE 30,                     JUNE 30,
                                               ---------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                   1998          1997           1998          1997
                                               ------------- -------------  ------------- -------------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>
         NUMERATOR:
         Net loss                                $    (218)    $  (1,435)     $  (1,165)    $  (2,038)

         Less: accretion of the excess of the
         redemption value over the carrying
         value of redeemable preferred stock            --            17             13            34
                                                 ---------     ---------      ---------     ---------

         Loss attributable to common
         stockholders                                 (218)       (1,452)        (1,178)       (2,072)

         DENOMINATOR:
         Weighted average number of common
         shares outstanding during the period       11,929        11,005         11,928         8,638
                                                 ---------     ---------      ---------     ---------

         Basic and diluted loss per share        $    (.02)    $    (.13)     $    (.10)    $    (.24)
                                                 ---------     ---------      ---------     ---------
                                                 ---------     ---------      ---------     ---------
</TABLE>

               The computation of diluted loss per share excludes the effect of
        incremental common shares attributable to the exercise of outstanding
        common stock options and warrants because their effect was antidilutive
        due to losses incurred by the Company or such instruments had exercise
        prices greater than the average market price of the common shares during
        the periods presented.

                                     F-45
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

              NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(3)     INVENTORIES
      Inventories consist of the following.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     June 30, 1998           December 31, 1997
                                                     -------------           -----------------
<S>                                               <C>                       <C>
           Raw materials                           $    2,475,000             $    3,044,000
           Work-in-process                              2,172,000                  2,333,000
           Finished goods                               1,641,000                  1,710,000
                                                   --------------             --------------
                                                   $    6,288,000             $    7,087,000
                                                   --------------             --------------
                                                   --------------             --------------
</TABLE>

(4)     BANKING ARRANGEMENTS

               The Company's XIT subsidiary had a line of credit with a bank
        (the "XIT Debt") which provided for maximum borrowings of $3,500,000
        collateralized by substantially all assets of XIT and its domestic
        subsidiaries with interest at the bank's prime rate (8.5% at June 30,
        1998) plus 1%. The XIT Debt agreement required maintenance of certain
        financial ratios and contained other restrictive covenants. XIT was not
        in compliance with certain covenants of the XIT Debt agreement at
        December 31, 1997 and at June 30, 1998. Although the bank did not waive
        compliance with such debt covenants, it entered into a forbearance
        agreement with the Company in which it agreed to forbear from exercising
        its rights under the terms of the XIT Debt agreement provided the
        Company obtain a replacement credit facility. Outstanding borrowings
        under this line of credit were $2,831,000 and $2,377,000 at June 30,
        1998 and December 31, 1997, respectively.

               On July 8, 1998, the Company finalized a $10.5 million credit
        facility with a commercial finance company which provided a term loan of
        approximately $1.5 million and a revolving line of credit of up to $8
        million based upon assets available from either existing or
        future-acquired operations, of which the Company has utilized
        approximately $4 million, and a capital equipment expenditure credit
        line of up to $1 million. This credit facility replaced the existing
        credit facilities of the Company's domestic operating companies, which
        included the XIT Debt and CXR Telcom Corporation's line of credit, both
        of which were paid in full at the closing and provides expanded
        borrowing capability based upon available assets.

(5)     LITIGATION

               The Company and its subsidiaries are, from time to time, involved
        in legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary
        course of business. While the amounts claimed may be substantial, the
        ultimate liability cannot presently be determined because of
        considerable uncertainties that exist. Therefore, it is possible the
        outcome of such legal proceedings, claims and litigation could have a
        material effect on quarterly or annual operating results or cash flows
        when resolved in a future period. However, based on facts currently
        available, management believes such matters will not have a material
        adverse affect on the Company's consolidated financial position, results
        of operations or cash flows.


                                     F-46
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

              NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


(5)     LITIGATION (CONTINUED)

        FRANCIS JOHN GORRY V. MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

               In 1994, Francis John Gorry, a former officer of the Company,
        alleged that the Company breached a consulting agreement between he and
        the Company. Subsequently, the Company and Mr. Gorry entered into an
        agreement which called for certain cash payments to Mr. Gorry and for
        the issuance to Mr. Gorry and subsequent registration of shares of the
        Company's common stock by April 30, 1996. The Company failed to timely
        issue the stock and on May 21, 1996, Mr. Gorry filed suit against the
        Company (the "1996 Suit"). Shortly thereafter, the Company and Mr. Gorry
        entered into a Settlement Agreement which was thereafter amended twice.
        Based upon the execution of the Settlement Agreement, the court
        dismissed Mr. Gorry's suit without prejudice. The cash payments
        specified under the terms of the Settlement Agreement, as amended, were
        timely made and the shares of the Company's common stock were issued to
        Mr. Gorry and subsequently registered pursuant to the terms of the
        Settlement Agreement, as amended. On June 18, 1998, Mr. Gorry made a
        motion to the court for an order vacating the dismissal of the 1996 Suit
        for the purpose of entering judgment in the amount of $170,000 against
        the Company, claiming the common shares delivered to him did not conform
        to the terms of the Settlement Agreement, as amended. On July 17, 1998,
        the court granted Mr. Gorry's motion. The Company will appeal the
        court's decision as it believes the claim which forms the basis for Mr.
        Gorry's motion is without merit.

        SCHEINFELD V. MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

               In October 1996, David Scheinfeld brought an action in the
        Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York, to recover
        monetary damages in the amount of $300,000 allegedly sustained by the
        failure of the Company, its stock transfer agent and its counsel to
        timely deliver and register 30,000 shares of Common Stock for which
        payment had been made. The Company was informed by Mr. Scheinfeld that
        in order to settle his claims, the Company would have to issue him
        unrestricted shares of common stock. Since the Company cannot issue
        unrestricted shares (absent registration), the Company answered Mr.
        Scheinfeld's motion and sought to compel him to serve a complaint upon
        the defendants. On June 30, 1997, the complaint was served, and the
        Company has subsequently answered, denying the material allegations of
        the complaint. In August 1997, the Company served discovery requests on
        Mr. Scheinfeld, who was initially obligated to respond by September 12,
        1997. On March 2, 1998, Mr. Scheinfeld responded to such discovery
        requests which response is currently under review by counsel to the
        Company. Currently, the parties are actively engaged in settlement
        discussions.


                                     F-47
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

              NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


(5)     LITIGATION (CONTINUED)

        DANIEL DROR V. MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.

               In November 1996, the Company entered into an agreement (the
        "Agreement") with the former Chairman of the Company, which involved
        certain mutual obligations. In December 1997, the former Chairman
        defaulted on the repayment of the first installment of a debt obligation
        which was an obligation set forth in the Agreement. Also in December
        1997, the former Chairman of the Company, filed suit in the District
        Court for Galveston County, Texas alleging the Company has breached an
        alleged oral modification of the Agreement. In January 1998, the Company
        answered the complaint denying the allegation and the matter is
        currently being litigated in Texas. The Company believes that the former
        Chairman's claim is without merit and intends to vigorously defend
        itself. Subsequently, the Company brought an action in California
        against the former Chairman for breach of the Agreement and which seeks
        recovery of all stock, warrants and debt due the Company. The parties
        are currently conducting settlement discussions in an attempt to resolve
        both this litigation and the following matter ("Other Litigation").

        OTHER LITIGATION

               In December 1997, Elk International Corporation Limited, a
        stockholder of the Company, brought an action in Texas against the
        Company's current Chairman and an unrelated party, alleging certain
        misrepresentations during the merger discussions between XIT and the
        Company.

(6)     PRIVATE PLACEMENT

               In June 1998 the Company sold 50 shares of Series A convertible
        preferred stock (the "Preferred Shares") at $10,000 per share to one
        institutional investor. On July 8, 1998, the Company sold an additional
        150 Preferred Shares at the same per share price to two other
        institutional investors. Included with the sale of such Preferred Shares
        were a total of one million warrants to purchase the Company's common
        stock exercisable at $1.25 per share and expiring May 22, 2001. The
        unaudited proforma June 30, 1998 balance sheet information presented
        elsewhere herein has been prepared to reflect the Company's financial
        position assuming the transactions which were completed in July 1998 had
        occurred as of June 30, 1998.

                                     F-48
<PAGE>


                  MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

              NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


(6)     PRIVATE PLACEMENT (CONTINUED)

               The Company received net proceeds totaling approximately
        $1,847,000 after deduction of commissions and transaction-related
        expenses, and utilized such proceeds for working capital. The Preferred
        Shares are convertible into the common stock of the Company at the
        option of the holder thereof at any time after the ninetieth (90th) day
        of issuance thereof at the conversion price per share of Preferred Share
        equal to $10,000 divided by the lesser of (x) $1.25 and (y) One Hundred
        Percent (100%) of the arithmetic average of the three lowest closing bid
        prices over the forty (40) trading days prior to the exercise date of
        any such conversion. No more than 20% of the aggregate number of
        Preferred Shares originally purchased and owned by any single entity may
        be converted in any thirty (30) day period after the ninetieth (90th)
        day of issuance. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding
        up of the Company, the holders of shares of Preferred Shares are
        entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any
        of the assets of the Company to the holders of the Company's common
        stock, an amount per share equal to $10,000 for each outstanding
        Preferred Share. Any unconverted Preferred Shares may be redeemed at the
        option of the Company for cash at a per share price equal to $11,500 per
        Preferred Share and any Preferred Shares which remain outstanding as of
        May 22, 2003 are subject to mandatory redemption by the Company at the
        same per-share redemption price.

(7)     NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

               Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131, "Disclosures
        about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS 131")
        issued by the FASB is effective for financial statements with fiscal
        years beginning after December 15, 1997. The new standard requires that
        public business enterprises report certain information about operating
        segments in complete sets of financial statements of the enterprise and
        in condensed financial statements of interim periods issued to
        shareholders. It also requires that public business enterprises report
        certain information about their products and services, the geographic
        areas in which they operate and their major customers. The Company does
        not expect adoption of SFAS 131 to have a material effect on its
        financial position or results of operations.

               Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132, "Employers'
        Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits" ("SFAS
        132") issued by the FASB is effective for financial statements with
        fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997 and will require
        restatement of disclosures for earlier periods provided for comparative
        purposes. SFAS 132 standardizes the disclosure requirements for pensions
        and other postretirement benefits to the extent practicable, requires
        additional information on changes in the benefit obligations and fair
        values of plan assets that will facilitate financial analysis, and
        eliminates certain disclosures that are no longer considered useful. The
        Company has not determined the effect, if any, of adoption of SFAS 132
        on its financial position or results of operations.

                                     F-49
<PAGE>


        UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

        On January 9, 1998, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to
sell certain of the assets of its Xcel Arnold Circuits, Inc. subsidiary
("XACI"), a manufacturer of multi-layer bare printed circuit boards. On April 9,
1998, the Company completed the sale and received $1,350,000 in cash and a note
receivable aggregating $650,000, which is payable over the three years from the
date of sale. The proceeds from this sale were used to partially repay amounts
due under certain notes payable. The sale resulted in a gain of approximately
$580,000.

        The accompanying unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed statements
of operations for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the six months ended June
30, 1998 assume the sale of the specified assets of XACI and the assumption of
certain liabilities by the purchaser occurred as of the beginning of each of the
periods presented. The unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed financial
statements are based on the historical financial statements of the Company
included with the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on April 15, 1998
and the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 1998 and
should be read in conjunction therewith.

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed financial statements are
presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of
the operating results that would have been achieved if the aforementioned
transaction had occurred on the dates indicated, nor are they necessarily
indicative of future operating results or financial position of the Company.

        The unaudited pro forma consolidated condensed financial statements
contain no adjustments as all costs applicable to the business operations sold
have been included in its separate financial statements. Pro forma basic and
diluted loss per share is computed based on the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding for the respective periods. Incremental common shares
attributable to the exercise of outstanding common stock options and warrants
based on the assumed exercise of options and warrants are not included in the
computation of diluted loss per share as the effects would be antidilutive. The
accretion of the excess of the redemption value over the carrying value of
redeemable preferred stock of $60,000 and $13,000 for the year ended December
31, 1997 and the three months ended March 31, 1998, respectively is deducted
from the loss attributable to common shareholders in the computations of basic
and diluted loss per share.

                                     F-50

<PAGE>

                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED
                             STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

                  (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    XCEL 
                                                                   ARNOLD
                                                 CONSOLIDATED  CIRCUITS, INC.    PRO FORMA
                                                 ------------  --------------    ----------
         <S>                                      <C>            <C>             <C>

         Net sales                                $   43,098     $    9,030      $   34,068
         Cost of sales                                32,670          9,685          22,985
                                                   ---------       --------        --------
         Gross profit                                 10,428           (655)         11,083
         Operating expenses:
           Selling, general & administrative          11,361          1,450           9,911
           Engineering & product development           2,046             --           2,046
           Write-down of goodwill                      5,693             --           5,693
                                                   ---------      ---------       ---------
         Operating loss                               (8,672)        (2,105)         (6,567)
         Other expense (income):
           Interest expense                              895            261             634
           Other expense (income)                         29             --              29
                                                   ---------       --------        --------
         Loss before income taxes                     (9,596)        (2,366)         (7,230)
         Income taxes                                     97             --              97
                                                   ---------       --------        --------
         Net loss                                 $   (9,693)    $   (2,366)     $   (7,327)
                                                   ---------       --------        --------
                                                   ---------       --------        --------

         Basic and diluted loss per share         $     (.96)                          (.72)
                                                   ---------                     ----------
                                                   ---------                     ----------

         Weighted average number of shares
            used in calculating loss per share        10,137                         10,137
                                                   ---------                     ----------
                                                   ---------                     ----------

</TABLE>

                                      F-51

<PAGE>

                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED
                             STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                         SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1998

                  (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                   XCEL                   PRO FORMA
                                                                  ARNOLD         ----------------------------
                                                 CONSOLIDATED  CIRCUITS, INC.    ADJUSTMENTS    AS ADJUSTED
                                                 ------------  --------------    -----------   --------------
         <S>                                     <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>
         Net sales                                $   18,713     $    1,509      $               $   17,204
         Cost of sales                                13,061          1,871                          11,190
                                                   ---------       --------       ---------        --------
         Gross profit                                  5,652           (362)                          6,014
         Operating expenses:
           Selling, general & administrative           5,914            289                           5,625
           Engineering & product development           1,145             --                           1,145
                                                   ---------      ---------       ---------       ---------
         Operating loss                               (1,407)          (651)                           (756)
         Other expense (income):
           Interest expense                              344             40                             304
           Gain on sale of XACI                         (580)            --             580              --
           Other expense (income)                        (43)            --                             (43)
                                                   ----------     ---------       ---------       ----------
         Loss before income taxes                     (1,128)          (691)           (580)         (1,017)
         Income taxes                                     37             --                              37
                                                   ----------     ---------       ---------       ----------
         Net loss                                 $   (1,165)    $     (691)     $     (580)     $   (1,054)
                                                   ----------     ---------       ---------       ----------
                                                   ----------     ---------       ---------       ----------

         Basic and diluted loss per share         $     (.10)                                         (.09)
                                                   ----------                                     ----------
                                                   ----------                                     ----------

         Weighted average number of shares
            used in calculating loss per share        11,928                                         11,928
                                                   ----------                                     ----------
                                                   ----------                                     ----------

</TABLE>

                                        F-52

<PAGE>

                            TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                 <C>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION...............................................   3
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY..................................................   4
THE COMPANY.........................................................   4
RISK FACTORS........................................................   6
USE OF PROCEEDS.....................................................  12
SELLING SECURITY HOLDERS............................................  13
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION................................................  14
BUSINESS............................................................  16
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY.............................................  27
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS...................................................  28
SECURITIES OF THE REGISTRANT........................................  30
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.............................................  31
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
  AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.........................................  32
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS....................................  48
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION..............................................  50
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT......  56
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS......................  57
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED.........................................  61
LEGAL MATTERS.......................................................  63
EXPERTS.............................................................  63
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS................................................ F-1

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                        
                                     PART II

                      INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13     OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

        The estimated expenses payable by the Company in connection with the
registration of the Shares is as follows:

<TABLE>

<S>                                                               <C>
SEC Registration                                                   $     2,106
NASD Fees                                                                   --
Accounting Fees and Expenses                                            20,000
Legal Fees and Expenses, Including
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses                                              20,000
Printing Costs                                                             500
Miscellaneous Expenses                                                   5,000
                                                                    ----------
    TOTAL                                                          $    47,606
                                                                    ----------
                                                                    ----------

</TABLE>

ITEM 14   INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

        There are no indemnification provisions for directors, officers or 
controlling persons of the Company against liability under the Securities Act 
However, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law 
(the "DGCL"), Article XI of the Company's By-laws provides for the 
indemnification of officers, directors and certain other persons acting on 
behalf of the Company (a) against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid 
in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person by reason of 
the fact that such person was or is an authorized representative of the 
company, in connection with a threatened, pending or completed third-party 
proceeding, whether civil or criminal, administrative or investigative, if 
such individual acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably 
believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, and, 
if the action was a criminal proceeding, if such person had no reasonable 
cause to believe that such person's conduct was unlawful; and (b) against 
expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with 
the defense or settlement of a threatened, pending or completed corporate 
proceeding, by reason of the fact such person was or is an authorized 
representative of the Company, if such person acted under the standards set 
forth in section (a) above and if such person was not found liable for 
negligence or misconduct in the performance of a duty to the Company (or if 
so found liable, if a proper court found such person to be fairly and 
reasonably entitled to indemnification). The Company's By-laws further 
provide for mandatory indemnification of authorized representatives of the 
Company who have been successful in defense of any third-party or corporate 
proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, against 
expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such defense.

        In addition, Article Fifth of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation
provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, a director of the
Company shall not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duties. Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL allows for
the elimination or limiting of the personal liability of a director for monetary
damages for breaches of fiduciary duties as a director except for situations
involving: (i) breach of the duty of loyalty; (ii) bad faith or misconduct;
(iii) unlawful dividends; or (iv) transactions where directors received an
improper personal benefit. As a result of this provision, the Company and its
stockholders may be unable to obtain monetary damages from a director for breach
of his duty of care. Although stockholders may continue to seek injunctive or
other equitable relief for any alleged breach of fiduciary duty by a director,
stockholders may not have any effective remedy against the challenged conduct if
equitable remedies are unavailable.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Company has been
advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Company of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Company in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted against the
Company by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the opinion of its
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court
of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 15   RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES


                                     II-1

<PAGE>

A)      JULY 1998 SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK PLACEMENT

        In June 1998, the Company sold 50 shares of Series A convertible
preferred stock (the "Preferred Shares") at $10,000 per share to one
institutional investor. On July 8, 1998, the Company sold an additional 150
Preferred Shares at the same per share price to two other institutional
investors. Included with the sale of such Preferred Shares were a total of one
million warrants to purchase the Company's common stock exercisable at $1.25 per
share and expiring May 22, 2001. In addition, Pacific Continental Securities
Corporation, as agent in the transaction, received an additional 250,000
warrants to purchase the Company's Common Stock at $1.25 per share. The Company
received net proceeds of approximately $1,847,000 after deduction of commissions
and transaction-related expenses and utilized such proceeds for working capital.
The Preferred Shares are convertible into the common stock of the Company at the
option of the holder thereof at any time after the ninetieth (90th) day of
issuance thereof at the conversion price per share of Preferred Share equal to
$10,000 divided by the lesser of (x) $1.25 and (y) One Hundred Percent (100%) of
the arithmetic average of the three lowest closing bid prices over the forty
(40) trading days prior to the exercise date of any such conversion. No more
than 20% of the aggregate number of Preferred Shares originally purchased and
owned by any single entity may be converted in any thirty (30) day period after
the ninetieth (90th) day of issuance. In the event of any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of shares of Preferred
Shares are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of
any of the assets of this corporation to the holders of the Company's common
stock by reason of their ownership, an amount per share equal to $10,000 for
each outstanding Preferred Share. Any unconverted Preferred Shares may be
redeemed at the option of the Company for cash at a per share price equal to
$11,500 per Preferred Share and any Preferred Shares which remain outstanding as
of May 22, 2003 are subject to mandatory redemption by the Company at the same
per-share redemption price. Each of the Series A Preferred Shares were sold
pursuant to the exemption offered by Section 4 (2) of the Securities Act,
relating to sales not involving a public offering. No underwriter was used in
connection with the sale of the Preferred Shares.

B)      APRIL 1997 YORKTON PLACEMENT

        On April 14, 1997, the Company sold $5.0 million of investment units
consisting of one share of Common Stock and one-quarter of a warrant to purchase
one share of Common Stock. The number of investment units sold was 2,000,000 and
the Company realized net proceeds of $4,258,000 from the sale. Accordingly,
2,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 500,000 warrants to purchase Common Stock
were issued in connection with this sale (the "Yorkton Offering"). In connection
with the Yorkton Offering, warrants to purchase an additional 200,000 shares of
the Company's Common Stock were issued to certain placement agents. The shares,
and the shares underlying these warrants, are being registered hereby. No
underwriter was used in the sale of the investment units. The securities were
sold to non-U.S. investors who were primarily European institutional investors.

        The investment units were sold pursuant to Rule 903 of Regulation S and
qualified for such exemption based upon the following: (i) the investment unit
purchasers were represented to the Company in the Subscription Agreements that
they were non-U.S. Persons; (ii) the Company is a Reporting Issuer (as defined
in Rule 902(l) of Regulation S); (iii) the Company has not made any Directed
Selling Efforts (as defined in Rule 902(b) of Regulation S); (iv) the Company
has implemented Offering restrictions (as defined in Rule 902(h) of Regulation
S); (v) the Company has not made any offer of sale to any U.S. person or the
account or benefit of any U.S. person; (vi) the offer and sale of the investment
units were made in Offshore Transactions (as defined in Rule 902(i) of
Regulation S).

                                     II-2

<PAGE>

C)      THE XIT MERGER

        On March 26, 1997, in a merger by and between a wholly-owned subsidiary
of the Company and XIT Corporation, the Company issued 6,119,130 shares of
Common Stock (previously defined herein as the Merger Shares) and agreed to
assume all of the outstanding XIT Warrants and XIT Options and convert them into
options and warrants to purchase the Company's Common Stock. The Company will be
required to issue an additional 2,153,240 shares of Common Stock if such
warrants and options are exercised. Of the total 8,151,608 shares and shares
underlying warrants and options, 7,723,424 shares are being registered hereby
consisting of: (i) the 6,119,130 Merger Shares; (ii) 1,197,879 shares underlying
XIT Warrants; and (iii) 406,415 shares underlying XIT options. The issuance of
the Merger Shares and assumption of the XIT options and warrants were in
consideration for all of the outstanding common stock of XIT Corporation. The
Company relied on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of
the Securities Act. No underwriter was used in connection with the Merger.

D) OTHER SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

        Since September 1995, the Company has issued certain other unregistered
securities in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Section
4(2) of the Securities Act, relating to sales by an issuer not involving any
public offering. These transactions are summarized below. No Underwriter was
used for any of these sales. In addition, the issuance of securities in
connection with the Company's reverse stock split in August 1996, by which
shareholders received one share of common stock for every five shares held, was
exempt under the Securities Act because such issuance was not a "sale" as such
term is defined in Section 2(3) of the Securities Act. All numbers of shares of
Common Stock of the Company, and all exercise prices of Warrants and options to
purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company, have been adjusted to reflect
this reverse stock split.

        (i)    NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS

               Since September 1995, the Company has granted 810,002
        Non-qualified stock options to various officers, directors and
        consultants in consideration for past and/or future services rendered to
        the Company. In addition, the Company has assumed 834,599 Common Stock
        Options in connection with the Merger.

        (ii)   COMMON STOCK ISSUANCES

               Since September 1995, the Company has issued 487,439 shares of
        restricted Common Stock, as follows: (i) 151,000 shares for legal fees
        and settlements, (ii) 40,494 shares for consulting and other
        professional services and (iii) 295,945 for incentive and/or severance
        awards to certain officers, directors and employees. Of the latter
        shares 75,000, 176,945, 26,000 and 5,000 of such shares were issued to
        Mssrs. Dror, Talan, Lewisham and Mourad, respectively, and 13,000 to
        others.

                                     II-3

<PAGE>


        (iii)  WARRANTS.

               In addition to the warrants issued in connection with the Yorkton
        Offering and the sale of the Preferred Shares, since September 1995, the
        Company has granted 150,000 warrants to purchase shares of the Company's
        common stock as a finders' fee in connection with the Merger, granted
        20,000 warrants in payment for professional services, and extended
        certain warrants to purchase 90,000 shares of Common Stock twice. The
        Company assumed an additional 1,197,879 warrants in connection with the
        Merger, and subsequent thereto, issued 320,000 warrants in payment of
        professional services and in connection with certain loans made to a
        subsidiary of the Company.







                                     II-4
<PAGE>



ITEM 16       EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

    (a)       EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT         
   NUMBER          DESCRIPTION
   -------         -----------
   <S>       <C>
    2.        Merger Agreement dated December 31, 1996 between XIT Corporation, XIT
              Acquisition, Inc. and MicroTel International, Inc.(1)
              
    3.1       Certificate of Incorporation of MicroTel International, Inc. as
              amended to date.(2)
              
    3.2       Bylaws of MicroTel International, Inc.(3)
              
    3.3       Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of MicroTel
              International, Inc.(7)
              
    4.1       Amended Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of 
              Preferred Stock of MicroTel International Inc., a Delaware 
              Corporation.(#)

    4.2       Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of MicroTel International, 
              Inc. issued to DDC.(4)

    4.3       Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of MicroTel 
              International, Inc. issued to Yorkton Securities, Inc.(7)

    4.4       Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of MicroTel 
              International, Inc. issued to entrenet Group, L.L.C.(7)

    4.5       Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of MicroTel 
              International, Inc. issued to various subscribers.(7)

    5.1       Opinion of Gallagher, Briody & Butler.(#)
              
    10.1      1986 Incentive Stock Option Plan.(3)
              
    10.2      Form of Officers Deferred Compensation Agreement by and between
              Raymond E. Jacobson and CXR Corporation.(5)
              
    10.3      Qualified Employee Stock Purchase Plan.(3)
              
    10.4      1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan.(6)
              
    10.5      Stock Purchase Agreement with DDC.(4)
              
    10.6      First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement with DDC.(4)
              
    10.7      Second Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement with DDC.(4)

</TABLE>

                                     II-5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT         
   NUMBER          DESCRIPTION
   -------         -----------

   <S>       <C>   
    10.8      Agreement between MicroTel International, Inc. and Elk International
              Corporation, Ltd. dated November 15, 1996 (without Exhibits).(8)
    
    10.9      Settlement Agreement between MicroTel International, Inc. and Daniel
              Dror dated December 3, 1996 (without Exhibits).(8)
    
    10.10     Agency Agreement between MicroTel International, Inc. and Yorkton
              Securities, Inc.(7)
    
    10.11     Form of Subscription Agreement between MicroTel International, Inc.
              and various subscribers.(7)
    
    10.12     Employment Arrangement between Henry Mourad and Registrant (without
              Exhibits).(7)
    
    10.13     Employment Arrangement between Barry Reifler and Registrant (without
              Exhibits).(7)
    
    10.14     Employment Agreement dated January 1, 1996 between XIT and 
              Carmine T. Oliva.(8)
    
</TABLE>

                                     II-6
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT         
   NUMBER          DESCRIPTION 
   -------         -----------
       
   <S>       <C>
    10.15     Lease Agreement between XIT Corporation and P&S Development.(8)
    
    10.16     Lease Agreement between XIT Corporation and Don Mosco.(8)
    
    10.17     General Partnership Agreement between XIT Corporation and P&S
              Development.(8)
    
    10.18     Lease Agreement between XCEL Arnold Circuits, Inc. and RKR
              Associates.(8)
    
    10.19     Option Agreement between MicroTel International, Inc. and Elk
              International Corporation dated November 15, 1996.(8)
    
    10.20     Amendment to Option Agreement between MicroTel International, Inc. and
              Daniel Dror dated November 15, 1996.(8)
    
    10.21     Option Agreement between MicroTel International, Inc. and Elk
              International Corporation dated December 3, 1996.(8)
    
    10.22     Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of MicroTel International, Inc.
              issued to Elk International Corporation.(8)
    
    10.23     Agreement of Settlement and Mutual Release between MicroTel
              International, Inc. and Francis John Gorry dated June 28, 1996.(8)
    
    10.24     Amended Agreement of Settlement and Mutual Release between MicroTel
              International, Inc. and Francis John Gorry dated November 30, 1996.(8)
    
    10.25     Promissory Note between MicroTel International, Inc. and Jack Talan
              dated February, 1997.(8)

</TABLE>
    
    
                                     II-7

<PAGE>
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT         
   NUMBER          DESCRIPTION
   -------         -----------
   
   <S>       <C>
    10.26     Lease Agreement between SCI Limited Partnership-I and CXR Telcom
              Corporation, Dated July 28, 1997. (9)
    
    10.27     Share Exchange Agreement among CXR Telcom Corporation, MicroTel
              International, Inc. and Eric P. Bergstrom, Steve T. Robbins and Mike
              B. Peterson, Dated October 17, 1997. (10)
    
    10.28     Indemnity Escrow Agreement among CXR Telcom Corporation, MicroTel
              International, Inc., Eric P. Bergstrom, Steve T. Robbins and Mike B.
              Peterson and Gallagher, Briody & Butler, Dated October 17, 1997. (10)
    
    10.29     Form of Contingent Stock Agreement among CXR Telcom Corporation,
              MicroTel International, Inc., Critical Communications Incorporated,
              Mike B. Peterson, Eric P. Bergstrom and Steve T. Robbins, Dated
              October 17, 1997. (10)
    
    10.30     Form of Severance Agreement among CXR Telcom Corporation, Critical
              Communications Incorporated, Mike B. Peterson, Eric P. Bergstrom and
              Steve T. Robbins, Dated October 17, 1997. (10)

    10.31     Asset Purchase Agreement, among Arnold Circuits, Inc, BNZ
              Incorporated, Robert Bertrand, XCEL Arnold Circuits, Inc., XIT
              Corporation and Mantalica & Treadwell (without exhibits), Dated
              January 9, 1998. (10)
    
    10.32     Addendum No. 1 to Asset Purchase Agreement, among Arnold Circuits,
              Inc, BNZ Incorporated, Robert Bertrand, XCEL Arnold Circuits, Inc.,
              XIT Corporation and Mantalica & Treadwell, Dated March 31, 1998. (10)
</TABLE>
    
    
                                     II-8
<PAGE>
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT         
   NUMBER          DESCRIPTION
   -------         -----------
       
   <S>       <C>
    10.33     Bill of Sale and Assignment and Assumption Agreement between XCEL
              Arnold Circuits, Inc.and Arnold Circuits, Inc., Dated March, 31 1998.
              (10)
    
    10.34     Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of MicroTel International, Inc.
              issued to BNZ Incorporated. (10)
    
    10.35     Guaranty of Robert Bertrand in favor of XCEL Arnold Circuits, Inc.,
              Dated March 31, 1998. (10)
    
    10.36     Guaranty of BNZ Incorporated in favor of XCEL Arnold Circuits, Inc.,
              Dated March 31, 1998. (10)
    
    10.37     Pledge and Escrow Agreement between BNZ Incorporated and XCEL Arnold
              Circuits, Inc., Dated March 31, 1998. (10)

    10.38     Promissory Note between Arnold Circuits, Inc. and XCEL Arnold
              Circuits, Inc. Dated March 31, 1998. (10)
    
    10.39     Promissory Note between XIT Corporation and Arnold Circuits, Inc.
              Dated March 31, 1998. (10)
    
    10.40     Security Agreement between Arnold Circuits, Inc and XCEL Arnold
              Circuits, Inc. Dated March 31, 1998. (10)
    
    10.41     Joint Marketing and Supply Agreement between Arnold Circuits, Inc and
              XCEL Etch Tek, Dated March 31, 1998. (10)
    
    10.42     Loan and Security Agreement between Congress Financial Corporation
              (Western) and MicroTel International, Inc., XIT Corporation, CXR
              Telcom Corporation and HyComp, Inc. dated June 23, 1998. (11)
    
    10.43     Security Agreement between Congress Financial Corporation (Western)
              and XIT Corporation dated June 23, 1998. (11)
    
    10.44     Subscription Agreement for the sale of Series A Convertible Preferred
              Stock of MicroTel International, Inc. to Fortune Fund Limited Seeker
              III. (11)
    
    10.45     Subscription Agreement for the sale of Series A Convertible Preferred
              Stock of MicroTel International, Inc. to Rana General Holding, Ltd.
              (110)
    
    10.46     Subscription Agreement for the sale of Series A Convertible Preferred
              Stock of MicroTel International, Inc. to Resonace Ltd. (11)
</TABLE>
    
                                     II-9
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT         
   NUMBER          DESCRIPTION
   -------         -----------
   
   <S>       <C>
    10.47     Form of Warrant to purchase the Common Stock of MicroTel
              International, Inc. issued in connection with the sale of Series A
              Convertible Preferred Stock. (11)
    
    10.48     Amended Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of
              Preferred Stock of MicroTel International, Inc. a Delaware
              Corporation. (11)
    
    10.49     Employment Agreement between MicroTel International, Inc. and James P.
              Butler dated May 1, 1998. (11)
    
    21.       List of Subsidiaries of MicroTel International, Inc.(#)
    
    23.1      Consent of BDO Seidman, LLP.(#)
    
    23.2      Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.(#)
    
    23.3      Consent of Hardcastle Burton.(#)

    23.4      Consent of Gallagher, Briody & Butler (included as part of 
              Exhibit 5.1).

    24.1      Power of Attorney (included as part of the original signature 
              page).

    27.       Financial Data Schedule.(#)
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------
        (#) Filed herewith.
       <S>    <C>
        (1)    Incorporated by reference to MicroTel International, Inc. report
               on Form 8-K filed as Exhibit 1 to Item 2 of the Report on January
               21, 1997 (File No. 1-10346).

        (2)    Incorporated by reference to MicroTel International, Inc. annual
               report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (File
               No. 1-10346).

        (3)    Incorporated by reference to CXR Corporation Registration
               Statement on Form S-4 No. 33-30818.

        (4)    Incorporated by reference to CXR Corporation annual report on
               Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1994 (File No. 1-10346).

        (5)    Incorporated by reference to CXR Telecom Corporation annual
               report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1993 (File No.
               1-10346).

        (6)    Incorporated by reference to CXR Corporation Registration
               Statement on Form S-8 No. 33-77926.
</TABLE>

                                     II-10
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

       <S>    <C>
        (7)    Incorporated by reference to MicroTel International, Inc. annual
               report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (File
               No. 1-10346).

         (8)   Incorporated by reference to MicroTel International, Inc. annual
               report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 1996 (File
               No. 1-10346).

         (9)   Incorporated by reference to MicroTel International, Inc.
               Registration  Statement on Form S-8 No. 333-29925.

         (10)  Incorporated by reference to MicroTel International, Inc. annual
               report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 (File
               No. 1-10346).

         (11)  Incorporated by reference to MicroTel International, Inc. interim
               report on Form 10-Q for the six months ended June 30, 1998 (File
               No. 1-10346).
</TABLE>

                                     II-11
<PAGE>



ITEM 17   UNDERTAKINGS

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Company pursuant to the provisions described above in Item 14, or otherwise, the
Company has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Company
of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the
Company in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted
by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the opinion of its
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court
of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

        (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

               (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
Securities Act;

               (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising
after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent
post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate,
represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration
statement; and

               (iii) To include any material information with respect to the
plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or
any material change to such information in the registration statement.

        (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.


                                     II-12

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the 
Company certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all 
of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has duly caused this 
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, 
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Ontario, California, on this
29th day of September, 1998.

                            MicroTel International Inc.

                            By: /s/ Carmine T. Oliva
                                ---------------------------------------
                            Carmine T. Oliva
                            President and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed below by or on behalf of the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

        Each person, in so signing, also makes, constitutes and appoints 
Carmine T. Oliva, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, his true and lawful 
attorney-in-fact, in his name, place and stead to execute and cause to be 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission any or all amendments to 
this Registration Statement, with all exhibits and any and all documents 
required to be filed with respect thereto, and to do and perform each and 
every act and thing necessary to effectuate the same.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       SIGNATURE                       CAPACITY                                   DATE
       ---------                       --------                                   -----

<S>                                   <C>                                  <C>
/s/ Carmine T. Oliva                   President, Chief Executive Officer   September 29, 1998
- --------------------                   and Director
Carmine T. Oliva                       (Principal Executive Officer)
                                       

/s/ David A. Barrett                   Director                             September 29, 1998
- --------------------
David A. Barrett


/s/ Laurence P. Finnegan, Jr.          Director                             September 29, 1998
- -----------------------------
Laurence P. Finnegan, Jr.


/s/ Robert B. Runyon                   Director                             September 29, 1998
- --------------------
Robert B. Runyon


/s/ Jack R. Talan                      Director                             September 29, 1998
- -----------------
Jack R. Talan


/s/ James P. Butler                    Chief Financial Officer              September 29, 1998
- -------------------                    (Principal Accounting and
James P. Butler                        Financial Officer)
</TABLE>

                                     II-13



<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 4.1

              AMENDED CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES
                      AND RIGHTS OF PREFERRED STOCK 
                     OF MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL INC.,
                         A DELAWARE CORPORATION 

     The undersigned, Carmine T. Oliva, hereby certifies that:

     A.   He is the duly elected and acting President of MicroTel 
International Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation").

     B.   Pursuant to authority given by the corporation's Certificate of 
Incorporation, and in accordance with the provisions of Section 151 of the 
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors of 
the Corporation seeks to provide the Shareholders of misstatements has duly 
adopted the following amended and restated recitals and resolutions:

     WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation provides 
for two classes of shares known as Common Stock and Preferred Stock;

     WHEREAS, on May 19, 1998, the Board of Directors adopted a Certificate 
of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock of 
MicroTel International, Inc. (the "Certifcate of Designation"), which was 
filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 20, 1998; and

     WHEREAS, certain purchasers of the Corporation's Series A Preferred 
Stock have requested the Corporation to clarify certain provisions of the 
Series A Certificate, and to provide certain protections to the Shareholders 
of Series A Preferred Stock of the Corporation (the "Series A Shareholders"); 
and

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation desires to clarify the 
Certificate of Designation and to provide the Series A Shareholders with 
certain protections;

     NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors deems it 
advisable to adopt, and hereby does adopt, the Corporation's Amended 
Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred 
Stock of MicroTel International, Inc., a Delaware corporation:

     A.   DESIGNATION.  One series of Preferred Stock, designated Series A 
Preferred Stock, is hereby provided for, which shares shall have the rights, 
privileges and preferences set forth below.

     B.   AUTHORIZED NUMBER.  The number of shares constituting the Series A 
Preferred Stock shall be 200, par value .01 per share.

     C.   DIVIDEND PROVISIONS.  The holders of shares of Series A Preferred 
Stock shall not be entitled to receive dividends. 


                                        1
<PAGE>

     D.   LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE.

          (a)  In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of 
the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of shares of 
Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in 
preference to any distribution of any of the assets of this corporation to 
the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership, an amount per 
share equal to $10,000 (the "Stated Value") for each outstanding share of 
Series A Preferred Stock.  If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets 
and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock 
shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full 
aforesaid preferential amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the 
corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably 
among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock on a share-by-share basis 
in proportion to the aggregate preferential amounts of each such series of 
Preferred Stock.

          (b)  A consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any 
other corporation or corporations, or a sale, conveyance or disposition of 
all or substantially all of the assets of this corporation or the 
effectuation by the Corporation of a transaction or series of related 
transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Corporation is 
disposed of, shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding 
up within the meaning of this Section D but shall instead be treated pursuant 
to Section E hereto.

     E.   CONVERSION.  The holders of the Series A Preferred Shares shall 
have conversion rights as follows (the "Conversion Rights"):

          (1)  CONVERSION RIGHTS.

               (i)   All Series A Preferred Share shall be convertible, at 
the option of the holders of such shares, at any time after the ninetieth 
(90th) day of issuance of such shares, at the office of the Corporation or 
any transfer agent for the Series A Preferred Shares, into the number of 
fully paid and nonassessable unrestricted and nonlegended Common Shares of 
the Corporation at the conversion price per Series A Preferred Share equal to 
$10,000 divided by the lesser of (x) $1.25 and (y) One Hundred Percent (100%) 
of the arithmetic average of the three lowest closing bid prices (not 
necessarily consecutive) over the forty (40) trading days prior to the 
exercise date of any such conversion.

               (ii)  In the event of a call for redemption of any Series A 
Preferred Shares pursuant to Section F hereof, each holder of any Series A 
Preferred Shares shall have the right to exercise the conversion rights set 
forth in this Section E and the right to convert each share shall cease as to 
the shares designated for redemption as of the close of business on the 
business day immediately prior to the redemption date, unless default is made 
in payment of the redemption price.  If the Corporation has received a notice 
of conversion with respect to any Series A Preferred Shares the Corporation 
may not redeem such Series A Preferred Shares provided the Series A Preferred 
Shares are delivered for conversion as set forth in Section E(2).

          (2)  MECHANICS OF CONVERSION.

               (i)   No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued 
upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares.  In lieu of any fractional 
share to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall 
round up to the nearest whole share.  In the case of a dispute as to the 
calculation of the Conversion Rate, the Corporation's calculation shall be 
deemed conclusive absent manifest error.  In order to convert Series A 
Preferred Shares into full shares of Common Stock, the holder shall surrender 
the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, by either overnight 
courier or 2-day courier, to the office of the Corporation for the Series A 
Preferred Shares, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such 
office that the holder elects to convert the same, the number of shares of 
Series A Preferred Shares so converted and a calculation of the Conversion 
Rate (with an advance copy of the certificate(s) and the notice by 
facsimile); provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated  
to deliver certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon 
such conversion unless certificates evidencing such Series A Preferred Shares 
are delivered to the Corporation as provided above, or the holder notifies 
the Corporation that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed 
and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the 
Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such 


                                        2
<PAGE>

certificates.

               (ii)  The Corporation shall use reasonable efforts to cause to 
be issued and delivered within two (2) business days after delivery to the 
Corporation of such Series A Preferred Shares, or after such agreement and 
indemnification, to such holder of Series A Preferred Shares at the address 
of the holder on the stock books of the Corporation, a certificate or 
certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which he shall be 
entitled as aforesaid.  The date on which notice of conversion is given (the 
"Date of Conversion") shall be deemed to be the date set forth in such notice 
of conversion provided the original Series A Preferred Shares to be converted 
are received by the Corporation within five (5) business days thereafter and 
the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable 
upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder 
or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date.  If the original 
Series A Preferred Shares to be converted are not received by the Corporation 
within five (5) business days after the Conversion, the notice of conversion 
shall become null and void.

          (3)  CONVERSION PRICE ADJUSTMENTS.  The closing bid price used to 
determine the Conversion Price shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect, as 
deemed equitable and appropriate by the Corporation, any stock dividend, 
stock split or share combination of the Common Stock.  In the event of a 
merger, reorganization, recapitalization or similar event of or with respect 
to the Corporation (a "Corporate Change") (other than a Corporate Change in 
which all or substantially all of the consideration received by the holders 
of the Company's equity securities upon such Corporate Change consists of 
cash or assets other than securities issued by the acquiring entity or any 
affiliate thereof), the Series A Preferred Shares shall be convertible into 
such class and type of securities as the Holder would have received had the 
Holder converted the Series A Preferred Shares immediately prior to such 
Corporate Change, as appropriately adjusted to equitably reflect the 
conversion price and any stock dividend, stock split or share combination of 
the common stock after such corporate event.

          (4)  RESERVATION OF STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION.  The 
Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its 
authorized but unissued Common Shares solely for the purpose of effecting the 
conversion of the Series A Preferred Shares such number of its Common Shares 
as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all 
outstanding Series A Preferred Shares; and if at any time the number of 
authorized but unissued Common Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the 
conversion of all then outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, in addition to 
such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Series A 
Preferred Shares, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in 
the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but 
unissued Common Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for 
such purposes.

     F.   REDEMPTION OF SERIES A PREFERRED SHARES.  

          (1)  OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.  The Corporation may redeem all 
outstanding and unconverted Series A Preferred Shares for cash at a per share 
price equal to $11,500 (115% of the Stated Value) for each Series A Preferred 
Share by giving written notice to Buyer at least twenty (20) days in advance 
of such redemption. If the Corporation has received a notice of conversion 
with respect to any Series A Preferred Shares, the Corporation may not redeem 
such Series A Preferred Shares provided the Series A Preferred Shares are 
delivered for conversion as set forth in Section E(2) during the notice 
period prior to the redemption date as set forth in F(3)(ii) below.

     If the Corporation fails to redeem after giving written notice, it shall 
pay to the Holders pro-rata a total of five (5%) percent of the amount to be 
redeemed as liquidated damages.

          (2)  MANDATORY REDEMPTION.  On May 22, 2003, the Corporation shall 
redeem all Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding, by the payment 
therefor of the redemption price of $11,500 per share.

          (3)  MANNER OF REDEMPTION OF SERIES A PREFERRED SHARES.  

               (i)   If less than all of the outstanding Series A Preferred 
Shares shall be called for redemption, the particular shares of such series 
to be redeemed shall be selected by lot or by such other equitable manner as 
may be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

               (ii)  Notice of redemption of any Series A Preferred Shares 
shall be given by the Corporation by fax or other written communication, at 
least twenty (20) days prior to the date fixed by the Board of Directors of 
the Corporation for redemption (herein called the "redemption date"), to the 
holders of record of the 


                                        3
<PAGE>

shares to be redeemed at their respective addresses then appearing on the 
records of the Corporation.  The notice of the redemption shall state:

                     (A) the redemption date,

                     (B) the redemption price (which must be paid within five 
(5) business days after the date of redemption),

                     (C) whether the redemption is an optional redemption
or a mandatory redemption,

                     (D) if less than all outstanding Series A Preferred 
Shares are to be redeemed, the identification of the Series A Preferred 
Shares to be redeemed,

                     (E) the conversion rate on the date of the notice,

                     (F) that on the redemption date the redemption price 
will become due and payable upon each Series A Preferred Shares to be 
redeemed and the right to convert each share of Series A Preferred Share 
shall cease as of the close of business on the business day prior to the 
redemption date, unless default shall be made in the payment of the 
redemption price, and

                     (G) the place or places where such Series A Preferred 
Shares to be redeemed are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption 
price.

          (4)  FAILURE TO REDEEM.  If the Corporation fails to pay the 
redemption price after calling any Series A Preferred Shares for optional 
redemption under Section F(1), the Corporation shall have no further right to 
redeem Series A Preferred Shares under Section F(1).

          (5)  REACQUIRED SHARES.  Any shares of the Series A Preferred Stock 
converted, redeemed or purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in 
any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the 
acquisition thereof.  All such shares shall upon their cancellation become 
authorized but unissued shares of Series A Preferred Stock and may be 
reissued at the direction of the Corporation subject to the conditions or 
restrictions on issuance set forth herein. 

     G.   CORPORATE EVENTS.  In the event of (i) any declaration by the 
Corporation of a record date of the holders of any class of securities for 
the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive 
any dividend (other than cash dividend) or other distribution or (ii) any 
capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification or 
recapitalization of the capital stock of the Corporation, any merger or 
consolidation of the Corporation, and any transfer of all or substantially 
all of the assets of the Corporation to any other Corporation, or any other 
entity or person, or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or 
winding up of the Corporation, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of 
Series A Preferred Shares at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date 
specified therein, a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record 
is to be declared for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a 
description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such 
reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, 
dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective and 
(C) the time, if any, that is to be fixed, as to when the holders of record 
of Common Stock (or other securities) will receive for securities or other 
property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, transfer, 
consolidation, merger, dissolution or winding up.

     H.   VOTING RIGHTS.

          (1)  The Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares shall not have 
any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time 
required by law.

          (2)  To the extent that under California law the vote of the 
holders of the Series A Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class, is 
required to authorize a given action of the Corporation, the affirmative vote 
or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series A 
Preferred Shares shall constitute the approval of such action by the class. 
To the extent that under California law the holders of the Series A Preferred 
Shares are entitled to vote on a matter with holders of Common Stock voting 
together as one class, each Series A Preferred 

                                        4
<PAGE>

Shares shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of shares 
of Common Stock into which it is then convertible using the record date for 
the taking of such vote of stockholders as the date as of which the 
Conversion Price is calculated.  Holders of the Series A Preferred Shares 
shall be entitled to notice of all shareholder meetings or written consents 
with respect to which they would be entitled to vote, which notice would be 
provided pursuant to the Corporation's bylaws and applicable statutes.

     I.   PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS.  So long as the Series A Preferred Shares 
are outstanding, the Corporation shall not take any action that would impair 
the rights of the holders of the Series  A Preferred Shares set forth herein 
and shall not without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written 
consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority in 
aggregate principal amount of the Series A Preferred Shares then outstanding:

          (1)  Alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the 
Series A Preferred Shares so as to affect adversely the Series A Preferred 
Shares.  

          (2)  For a period of eight (8) months from the issuance of the 
Series A Preferred Shares, create any new class or series of stock which 
ranks prior to or PARI PASSU to the Series A Preferred Shares with respect to 
liquidation preference, other than any additional series of Preferred Shares 
issued for a purchase price not to exceed $2 million, which may rank PARI 
PASSU.

          (3)  Do any act or thing which would result in taxation of the 
holders of Series A Preferred Shares under Section 305 of the Internal 
Revenue Code of 1985, as amended (or any comparable provision of the Internal 
Revenue Code as hereafter from time to time amended).


                                        5
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed by its authorized officer as of May     , 1998.


                                   MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL INC.



                                   By:_______________________________________
                                        Carmine T. Oliva
                                        President and Chief Executive Officer


                                        6

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 5.1

                   [LETTERHEAD OF GALLAGHER, BRIODY & BUTLER]


                               September 29, 1998


MicroTel International, Inc.
4290 E. Brickell Street
Ontario, California 91761

     RE:  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as counsel to MicroTel International, Inc., a Delaware 
Corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the preparation of a 
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") filed with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended (the "Act"), relating to the public offering of up to 5,710,967 
shares of the Company's Common Shares (the "Shares") (and such additional 
indeterminate number of shares that may be issued as a result of the market 
formula conversion rate in effect at the time of conversion and as a result 
of antidilution adjustments to such Shares). We have examined such records, 
documents, statutes and decisions as we have deemed relevant in rendering 
this opinion. In our examination we have assumed the genuineness of documents 
submitted to us as originals and the conformity with the original of all 
documents submitted to us as copies thereof.

     In our opinion, the Shares to be sold by the shareholders named in the 
Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable 
Common Shares of the Company.

     We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an Exhibit to the 
Registration Statement. In giving such opinion, we do not thereby admit that 
we are acting within the category of persons whose consent is required under 
Section 7 of the Act or the rules or regulations of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission thereunder.

                                            GALLAGHER, BRIODY & BUTLER


<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 21.1


LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF
MICROTEL INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                            Jurisdiction of Incorporation
Name                                              or Organization
- --------------------------------            -----------------------------

1.   CXR Telcom Corporation                       Delaware
     47233 Fremont Blvd.
     Fremont, CA  94538-6502

2.   CXR, S.A.                                    France
     76-80 Avenue de la Republique
     92320 Chatillon, France

3.   XIT Corporation                              New Jersey
     4290 E. Brickell Street
     Ontario, CA  91761-1571

     Subsidiaries of XIT Corporation:

     a.   HyComp, Inc.                            Massachusetts
          165 Cedar Hill Street
          Marlborough, MA  01752
          
     b.   XCEL Corporation, Ltd.                  United Kingdom
          Saxon Way, Melbourne,
          Royston, Herts SG8 6DN
          United Kingdom
          
     c.   XCEL Power Systems, Ltd.                United Kingdom
          Brunswick Road, Cobbs Wood,
          Ashford, Kent TN23 1EB
          United Kingdom


<PAGE>

                                                             EXHIBIT 23.1

                                       

                               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT
                            CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


MicroTel International, Inc.
Ontario, California


We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this 
Registration Statement of our report dated March 20, 1998, except as to Note 
17, which is as of April 9, 1998, relating to the consolidated financial 
statements of MicroTel  International, Inc., which is contained in that 
Prospectus. Our report contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the 
Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption "Experts" in the 
Prospectus.



                                   BDO SEIDMAN, LLP





Costa Mesa, California
September 28, 1998


<PAGE>


                          CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS




The Board of Directors
MicroTel International, Inc.:


The audits referred to in our report dated December 13, 1996, included the
related financial statement schedule as of September 30, 1996, and for each of
the years in the two-year period ended September 30, 1996, included in the
registration statement.  This financial statement schedule is the responsibility
of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
this financial statement schedule based on our audits.  In our opinion, such
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all
material respects the information set forth therein.

We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the reference to our
firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.



                                   /s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
                                   KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


Orange County, California
September 24, 1998

<PAGE>

                                                           EXHIBIT 23.3

[HARDCASTLE BURTON LETTERHEAD]                   HARDCASTLE BURTON
                                                 Chartered Accountants
                                                 Registered Auditors
Our reference:     GP/GC/X00980
                                                 Lake House, Market Hill
Your reference:                                  Royston, Herts SG8 9JN
                                                 Tel: 01763 247371
BY FAX and post                                  Fax: 01763 245521
Mr. J P Butler, Esq.                             e-mail:[email protected]
MicroTel International, Inc.
4290 East Brickell Street                        Offices at:
Ontario, CA 91760                                Hoddesdon  Redbourn
                                                 Northwood  Newmarket

                                                          23 September 1998

Dear Sir,

XCEL CORPORATION LIMITED

As requested, we hereby enclose an original signed audit report on the above 
company's financial statements for the year ended 30 September 1996.

Furthermore, we hereby consent to this audit report being included within the 
filing.

Yours faithfully,

HARDCASTLE BURTON
/s/HARDCASTLE BURTON


A member firm of
THE UK 200 GROUP
PRACTICING CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS


      Authorised To Carry On Investment Business By The Institute Of Chartered
                          Accountants In England And Wales


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997
<CASH>                                           1,921
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                    6,990
<ALLOWANCES>                                       241
<INVENTORY>                                      7,087
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                16,626
<PP&E>                                          11,163
<DEPRECIATION>                                   6,195
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  25,440
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           15,304
<BONDS>                                          2,530
                              714
                                          0
<COMMON>                                            39
<OTHER-SE>                                       5,976
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                    25,440
<SALES>                                         43,098
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                43,098
<CGS>                                           32,670
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   32,670
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   251
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 895
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (9,596)
<INCOME-TAX>                                        97
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (9,693)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (9,693)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (.96)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (.96)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission